xref: /aosp_15_r20/external/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h (revision 67e74705e28f6214e480b399dd47ea732279e315)
1*67e74705SXin Li /*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2*67e74705SXin Li |*                                                                            *|
3*67e74705SXin Li |*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
4*67e74705SXin Li |*                                                                            *|
5*67e74705SXin Li |* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
6*67e74705SXin Li |* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
7*67e74705SXin Li |*                                                                            *|
8*67e74705SXin Li |*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9*67e74705SXin Li |*                                                                            *|
10*67e74705SXin Li |* This header provides a public inferface to a Clang library for extracting  *|
11*67e74705SXin Li |* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full  *|
12*67e74705SXin Li |* Clang C++ API.                                                             *|
13*67e74705SXin Li |*                                                                            *|
14*67e74705SXin Li \*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15*67e74705SXin Li 
16*67e74705SXin Li #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17*67e74705SXin Li #define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
18*67e74705SXin Li 
19*67e74705SXin Li #include <time.h>
20*67e74705SXin Li 
21*67e74705SXin Li #include "clang-c/Platform.h"
22*67e74705SXin Li #include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
23*67e74705SXin Li #include "clang-c/CXString.h"
24*67e74705SXin Li #include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
25*67e74705SXin Li 
26*67e74705SXin Li /**
27*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The version constants for the libclang API.
28*67e74705SXin Li  * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
29*67e74705SXin Li  * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
30*67e74705SXin Li  *
31*67e74705SXin Li  * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
32*67e74705SXin Li  * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
33*67e74705SXin Li  */
34*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
35*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 35
36*67e74705SXin Li 
37*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
38*67e74705SXin Li       ((major) * 10000)                       \
39*67e74705SXin Li     + ((minor) *     1))
40*67e74705SXin Li 
41*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
42*67e74705SXin Li     CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                     \
43*67e74705SXin Li     CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
44*67e74705SXin Li 
45*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)   \
46*67e74705SXin Li     #major"."#minor
47*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor)    \
48*67e74705SXin Li     CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
49*67e74705SXin Li 
50*67e74705SXin Li #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
51*67e74705SXin Li     CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                               \
52*67e74705SXin Li     CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
53*67e74705SXin Li 
54*67e74705SXin Li #ifdef __cplusplus
55*67e74705SXin Li extern "C" {
56*67e74705SXin Li #endif
57*67e74705SXin Li 
58*67e74705SXin Li /** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
59*67e74705SXin Li  *
60*67e74705SXin Li  * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
61*67e74705SXin Li  * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
62*67e74705SXin Li  * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
63*67e74705SXin Li  * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
64*67e74705SXin Li  * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
65*67e74705SXin Li  *
66*67e74705SXin Li  * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
67*67e74705SXin Li  * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
68*67e74705SXin Li  * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
69*67e74705SXin Li  * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
70*67e74705SXin Li  *
71*67e74705SXin Li  * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
72*67e74705SXin Li  * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
73*67e74705SXin Li  *
74*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
75*67e74705SXin Li  */
76*67e74705SXin Li 
77*67e74705SXin Li /**
78*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
79*67e74705SXin Li  * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
80*67e74705SXin Li  */
81*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIndex;
82*67e74705SXin Li 
83*67e74705SXin Li /**
84*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
85*67e74705SXin Li  */
86*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
87*67e74705SXin Li 
88*67e74705SXin Li /**
89*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
90*67e74705SXin Li  * to various callbacks and visitors.
91*67e74705SXin Li  */
92*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXClientData;
93*67e74705SXin Li 
94*67e74705SXin Li /**
95*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
96*67e74705SXin Li  *
97*67e74705SXin Li  * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
98*67e74705SXin Li  * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
99*67e74705SXin Li  * yet been saved to disk.
100*67e74705SXin Li  */
101*67e74705SXin Li struct CXUnsavedFile {
102*67e74705SXin Li   /**
103*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
104*67e74705SXin Li    *
105*67e74705SXin Li    * This file must already exist in the file system.
106*67e74705SXin Li    */
107*67e74705SXin Li   const char *Filename;
108*67e74705SXin Li 
109*67e74705SXin Li   /**
110*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
111*67e74705SXin Li    */
112*67e74705SXin Li   const char *Contents;
113*67e74705SXin Li 
114*67e74705SXin Li   /**
115*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
116*67e74705SXin Li    */
117*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned long Length;
118*67e74705SXin Li };
119*67e74705SXin Li 
120*67e74705SXin Li /**
121*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
122*67e74705SXin Li  * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
123*67e74705SXin Li  * it being deprecated or unavailable.
124*67e74705SXin Li  */
125*67e74705SXin Li enum CXAvailabilityKind {
126*67e74705SXin Li   /**
127*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity is available.
128*67e74705SXin Li    */
129*67e74705SXin Li   CXAvailability_Available,
130*67e74705SXin Li   /**
131*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
132*67e74705SXin Li    * not recommended).
133*67e74705SXin Li    */
134*67e74705SXin Li   CXAvailability_Deprecated,
135*67e74705SXin Li   /**
136*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
137*67e74705SXin Li    */
138*67e74705SXin Li   CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
139*67e74705SXin Li   /**
140*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
141*67e74705SXin Li    * an error.
142*67e74705SXin Li    */
143*67e74705SXin Li   CXAvailability_NotAccessible
144*67e74705SXin Li };
145*67e74705SXin Li 
146*67e74705SXin Li /**
147*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
148*67e74705SXin Li  */
149*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXVersion {
150*67e74705SXin Li   /**
151*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
152*67e74705SXin Li    * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
153*67e74705SXin Li    */
154*67e74705SXin Li   int Major;
155*67e74705SXin Li   /**
156*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
157*67e74705SXin Li    * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
158*67e74705SXin Li    * version '10'.
159*67e74705SXin Li    */
160*67e74705SXin Li   int Minor;
161*67e74705SXin Li   /**
162*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
163*67e74705SXin Li    * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
164*67e74705SXin Li    * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
165*67e74705SXin Li    */
166*67e74705SXin Li   int Subminor;
167*67e74705SXin Li } CXVersion;
168*67e74705SXin Li 
169*67e74705SXin Li /**
170*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
171*67e74705SXin Li  *
172*67e74705SXin Li  * It provides two options:
173*67e74705SXin Li  *
174*67e74705SXin Li  * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
175*67e74705SXin Li  * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
176*67e74705SXin Li  * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
177*67e74705SXin Li  * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
178*67e74705SXin Li  * will be enumerated.
179*67e74705SXin Li  *
180*67e74705SXin Li  * Here is an example:
181*67e74705SXin Li  *
182*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
183*67e74705SXin Li  *   // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
184*67e74705SXin Li  *   Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
185*67e74705SXin Li  *
186*67e74705SXin Li  *   // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
187*67e74705SXin Li  *   // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
188*67e74705SXin Li  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
189*67e74705SXin Li  *
190*67e74705SXin Li  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
191*67e74705SXin Li  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
192*67e74705SXin Li  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
193*67e74705SXin Li  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
194*67e74705SXin Li  *
195*67e74705SXin Li  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
196*67e74705SXin Li  *   // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
197*67e74705SXin Li  *   char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
198*67e74705SXin Li  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
199*67e74705SXin Li  *                                                  0, 0);
200*67e74705SXin Li  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
201*67e74705SXin Li  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
202*67e74705SXin Li  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
203*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
204*67e74705SXin Li  *
205*67e74705SXin Li  * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
206*67e74705SXin Li  * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
207*67e74705SXin Li  * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
208*67e74705SXin Li  */
209*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
210*67e74705SXin Li                                          int displayDiagnostics);
211*67e74705SXin Li 
212*67e74705SXin Li /**
213*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Destroy the given index.
214*67e74705SXin Li  *
215*67e74705SXin Li  * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
216*67e74705SXin Li  * within that index have been destroyed.
217*67e74705SXin Li  */
218*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
219*67e74705SXin Li 
220*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
221*67e74705SXin Li   /**
222*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
223*67e74705SXin Li    */
224*67e74705SXin Li   CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
225*67e74705SXin Li 
226*67e74705SXin Li   /**
227*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
228*67e74705SXin Li    * purposes should use background priority.
229*67e74705SXin Li    *
230*67e74705SXin Li    * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
231*67e74705SXin Li    * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
232*67e74705SXin Li    */
233*67e74705SXin Li   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
234*67e74705SXin Li 
235*67e74705SXin Li   /**
236*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
237*67e74705SXin Li    * purposes should use background priority.
238*67e74705SXin Li    *
239*67e74705SXin Li    * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
240*67e74705SXin Li    * #clang_annotateTokens
241*67e74705SXin Li    */
242*67e74705SXin Li   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
243*67e74705SXin Li 
244*67e74705SXin Li   /**
245*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
246*67e74705SXin Li    * background priority.
247*67e74705SXin Li    */
248*67e74705SXin Li   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
249*67e74705SXin Li       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
250*67e74705SXin Li       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
251*67e74705SXin Li 
252*67e74705SXin Li } CXGlobalOptFlags;
253*67e74705SXin Li 
254*67e74705SXin Li /**
255*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
256*67e74705SXin Li  *
257*67e74705SXin Li  * For example:
258*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
259*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIndex idx = ...;
260*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
261*67e74705SXin Li  *     clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
262*67e74705SXin Li  *     CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
263*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
264*67e74705SXin Li  *
265*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
266*67e74705SXin Li  */
267*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
268*67e74705SXin Li 
269*67e74705SXin Li /**
270*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
271*67e74705SXin Li  *
272*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
273*67e74705SXin Li  * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
274*67e74705SXin Li  */
275*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
276*67e74705SXin Li 
277*67e74705SXin Li /**
278*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
279*67e74705SXin Li  *
280*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
281*67e74705SXin Li  */
282*67e74705SXin Li 
283*67e74705SXin Li /**
284*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
285*67e74705SXin Li  */
286*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXFile;
287*67e74705SXin Li 
288*67e74705SXin Li /**
289*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
290*67e74705SXin Li  */
291*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
292*67e74705SXin Li 
293*67e74705SXin Li /**
294*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
295*67e74705SXin Li  */
296*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
297*67e74705SXin Li 
298*67e74705SXin Li /**
299*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
300*67e74705SXin Li  * across an indexing session.
301*67e74705SXin Li  */
302*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
303*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned long long data[3];
304*67e74705SXin Li } CXFileUniqueID;
305*67e74705SXin Li 
306*67e74705SXin Li /**
307*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
308*67e74705SXin Li  *
309*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file the file to get the ID for.
310*67e74705SXin Li  * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
311*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
312*67e74705SXin Li  * otherwise returns 0.
313*67e74705SXin Li */
314*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
315*67e74705SXin Li 
316*67e74705SXin Li /**
317*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given header is guarded against
318*67e74705SXin Li  * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
319*67e74705SXin Li  * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
320*67e74705SXin Li  */
321*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
322*67e74705SXin Li clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
323*67e74705SXin Li 
324*67e74705SXin Li /**
325*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
326*67e74705SXin Li  *
327*67e74705SXin Li  * \param tu the translation unit
328*67e74705SXin Li  *
329*67e74705SXin Li * \param file_name the name of the file.
330*67e74705SXin Li  *
331*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
332*67e74705SXin Li  * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
333*67e74705SXin Li  */
334*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
335*67e74705SXin Li                                     const char *file_name);
336*67e74705SXin Li 
337*67e74705SXin Li /**
338*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if the \c file1 and \c file2 point to the same file,
339*67e74705SXin Li  * or they are both NULL.
340*67e74705SXin Li  */
341*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2);
342*67e74705SXin Li 
343*67e74705SXin Li /**
344*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
345*67e74705SXin Li  */
346*67e74705SXin Li 
347*67e74705SXin Li /**
348*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
349*67e74705SXin Li  *
350*67e74705SXin Li  * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
351*67e74705SXin Li  * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
352*67e74705SXin Li  * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
353*67e74705SXin Li  * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
354*67e74705SXin Li  * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
355*67e74705SXin Li  * specific location information from those data types.
356*67e74705SXin Li  *
357*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
358*67e74705SXin Li  */
359*67e74705SXin Li 
360*67e74705SXin Li /**
361*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Identifies a specific source location within a translation
362*67e74705SXin Li  * unit.
363*67e74705SXin Li  *
364*67e74705SXin Li  * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
365*67e74705SXin Li  * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
366*67e74705SXin Li  */
367*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
368*67e74705SXin Li   const void *ptr_data[2];
369*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned int_data;
370*67e74705SXin Li } CXSourceLocation;
371*67e74705SXin Li 
372*67e74705SXin Li /**
373*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
374*67e74705SXin Li  *
375*67e74705SXin Li  * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
376*67e74705SXin Li  * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
377*67e74705SXin Li  */
378*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
379*67e74705SXin Li   const void *ptr_data[2];
380*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned begin_int_data;
381*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned end_int_data;
382*67e74705SXin Li } CXSourceRange;
383*67e74705SXin Li 
384*67e74705SXin Li /**
385*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
386*67e74705SXin Li  */
387*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
388*67e74705SXin Li 
389*67e74705SXin Li /**
390*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
391*67e74705SXin Li  * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
392*67e74705SXin Li  * code.
393*67e74705SXin Li  *
394*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
395*67e74705SXin Li  * if they refer to different locations.
396*67e74705SXin Li  */
397*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
398*67e74705SXin Li                                              CXSourceLocation loc2);
399*67e74705SXin Li 
400*67e74705SXin Li /**
401*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
402*67e74705SXin Li  * in a particular translation unit.
403*67e74705SXin Li  */
404*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
405*67e74705SXin Li                                                   CXFile file,
406*67e74705SXin Li                                                   unsigned line,
407*67e74705SXin Li                                                   unsigned column);
408*67e74705SXin Li /**
409*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
410*67e74705SXin Li  * in a particular translation unit.
411*67e74705SXin Li  */
412*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
413*67e74705SXin Li                                                            CXFile file,
414*67e74705SXin Li                                                            unsigned offset);
415*67e74705SXin Li 
416*67e74705SXin Li /**
417*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given source location is in a system header.
418*67e74705SXin Li  */
419*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isInSystemHeader(CXSourceLocation location);
420*67e74705SXin Li 
421*67e74705SXin Li /**
422*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given source location is in the main file of
423*67e74705SXin Li  * the corresponding translation unit.
424*67e74705SXin Li  */
425*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isFromMainFile(CXSourceLocation location);
426*67e74705SXin Li 
427*67e74705SXin Li /**
428*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
429*67e74705SXin Li  */
430*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
431*67e74705SXin Li 
432*67e74705SXin Li /**
433*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
434*67e74705SXin Li  * locations.
435*67e74705SXin Li  */
436*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
437*67e74705SXin Li                                             CXSourceLocation end);
438*67e74705SXin Li 
439*67e74705SXin Li /**
440*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
441*67e74705SXin Li  *
442*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
443*67e74705SXin Li  */
444*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
445*67e74705SXin Li                                           CXSourceRange range2);
446*67e74705SXin Li 
447*67e74705SXin Li /**
448*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
449*67e74705SXin Li  */
450*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
451*67e74705SXin Li 
452*67e74705SXin Li /**
453*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
454*67e74705SXin Li  * the given source location.
455*67e74705SXin Li  *
456*67e74705SXin Li  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
457*67e74705SXin Li  * location of the macro expansion.
458*67e74705SXin Li  *
459*67e74705SXin Li  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
460*67e74705SXin Li  * into its parts.
461*67e74705SXin Li  *
462*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
463*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
464*67e74705SXin Li  *
465*67e74705SXin Li  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
466*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
467*67e74705SXin Li  *
468*67e74705SXin Li  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
469*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
470*67e74705SXin Li  *
471*67e74705SXin Li  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
472*67e74705SXin Li  * buffer to which the given source location points.
473*67e74705SXin Li  */
474*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
475*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXFile *file,
476*67e74705SXin Li                                                unsigned *line,
477*67e74705SXin Li                                                unsigned *column,
478*67e74705SXin Li                                                unsigned *offset);
479*67e74705SXin Li 
480*67e74705SXin Li /**
481*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
482*67e74705SXin Li  * the given source location, as specified in a # line directive.
483*67e74705SXin Li  *
484*67e74705SXin Li  * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
485*67e74705SXin Li  *
486*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
487*67e74705SXin Li  * #123 "dummy.c" 1
488*67e74705SXin Li  *
489*67e74705SXin Li  * static int func(void)
490*67e74705SXin Li  * {
491*67e74705SXin Li  *     return 0;
492*67e74705SXin Li  * }
493*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
494*67e74705SXin Li  *
495*67e74705SXin Li  * the location information returned by this function would be
496*67e74705SXin Li  *
497*67e74705SXin Li  * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
498*67e74705SXin Li  *
499*67e74705SXin Li  * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
500*67e74705SXin Li  *
501*67e74705SXin Li  * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
502*67e74705SXin Li  *
503*67e74705SXin Li  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
504*67e74705SXin Li  * into its parts.
505*67e74705SXin Li  *
506*67e74705SXin Li  * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
507*67e74705SXin Li  * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
508*67e74705SXin Li  * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
509*67e74705SXin Li  * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
510*67e74705SXin Li  * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
511*67e74705SXin Li  * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
512*67e74705SXin Li  * source location, an empty string is returned.
513*67e74705SXin Li  *
514*67e74705SXin Li  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
515*67e74705SXin Li  * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
516*67e74705SXin Li  *
517*67e74705SXin Li  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
518*67e74705SXin Li  * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
519*67e74705SXin Li  */
520*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
521*67e74705SXin Li                                               CXString *filename,
522*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned *line,
523*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned *column);
524*67e74705SXin Li 
525*67e74705SXin Li /**
526*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
527*67e74705SXin Li  * by the given source location.
528*67e74705SXin Li  *
529*67e74705SXin Li  * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
530*67e74705SXin Li  * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
531*67e74705SXin Li  * details.
532*67e74705SXin Li  */
533*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
534*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXFile *file,
535*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *line,
536*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *column,
537*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *offset);
538*67e74705SXin Li 
539*67e74705SXin Li /**
540*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
541*67e74705SXin Li  * the given source location.
542*67e74705SXin Li  *
543*67e74705SXin Li  * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
544*67e74705SXin Li  * location was originally spelled in the source file.
545*67e74705SXin Li  *
546*67e74705SXin Li  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
547*67e74705SXin Li  * into its parts.
548*67e74705SXin Li  *
549*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
550*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
551*67e74705SXin Li  *
552*67e74705SXin Li  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
553*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
554*67e74705SXin Li  *
555*67e74705SXin Li  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
556*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
557*67e74705SXin Li  *
558*67e74705SXin Li  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
559*67e74705SXin Li  * buffer to which the given source location points.
560*67e74705SXin Li  */
561*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
562*67e74705SXin Li                                               CXFile *file,
563*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned *line,
564*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned *column,
565*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned *offset);
566*67e74705SXin Li 
567*67e74705SXin Li /**
568*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
569*67e74705SXin Li  * the given source location.
570*67e74705SXin Li  *
571*67e74705SXin Li  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
572*67e74705SXin Li  * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
573*67e74705SXin Li  * a macro argument.
574*67e74705SXin Li  *
575*67e74705SXin Li  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
576*67e74705SXin Li  * into its parts.
577*67e74705SXin Li  *
578*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
579*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
580*67e74705SXin Li  *
581*67e74705SXin Li  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
582*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
583*67e74705SXin Li  *
584*67e74705SXin Li  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
585*67e74705SXin Li  * source location points.
586*67e74705SXin Li  *
587*67e74705SXin Li  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
588*67e74705SXin Li  * buffer to which the given source location points.
589*67e74705SXin Li  */
590*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
591*67e74705SXin Li                                           CXFile *file,
592*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *line,
593*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *column,
594*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *offset);
595*67e74705SXin Li 
596*67e74705SXin Li /**
597*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
598*67e74705SXin Li  * source range.
599*67e74705SXin Li  */
600*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
601*67e74705SXin Li 
602*67e74705SXin Li /**
603*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
604*67e74705SXin Li  * source range.
605*67e74705SXin Li  */
606*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
607*67e74705SXin Li 
608*67e74705SXin Li /**
609*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Identifies an array of ranges.
610*67e74705SXin Li  */
611*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
612*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief The number of ranges in the \c ranges array. */
613*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned count;
614*67e74705SXin Li   /**
615*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An array of \c CXSourceRanges.
616*67e74705SXin Li    */
617*67e74705SXin Li   CXSourceRange *ranges;
618*67e74705SXin Li } CXSourceRangeList;
619*67e74705SXin Li 
620*67e74705SXin Li /**
621*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
622*67e74705SXin Li  *
623*67e74705SXin Li  * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
624*67e74705SXin Li  * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
625*67e74705SXin Li  */
626*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
627*67e74705SXin Li                                                          CXFile file);
628*67e74705SXin Li 
629*67e74705SXin Li /**
630*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Destroy the given \c CXSourceRangeList.
631*67e74705SXin Li  */
632*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges);
633*67e74705SXin Li 
634*67e74705SXin Li /**
635*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
636*67e74705SXin Li  */
637*67e74705SXin Li 
638*67e74705SXin Li /**
639*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
640*67e74705SXin Li  *
641*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
642*67e74705SXin Li  */
643*67e74705SXin Li 
644*67e74705SXin Li /**
645*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
646*67e74705SXin Li  */
647*67e74705SXin Li enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
648*67e74705SXin Li   /**
649*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
650*67e74705SXin Li    * option.
651*67e74705SXin Li    */
652*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
653*67e74705SXin Li 
654*67e74705SXin Li   /**
655*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
656*67e74705SXin Li    * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
657*67e74705SXin Li    */
658*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_Note    = 1,
659*67e74705SXin Li 
660*67e74705SXin Li   /**
661*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
662*67e74705SXin Li    * wrong.
663*67e74705SXin Li    */
664*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
665*67e74705SXin Li 
666*67e74705SXin Li   /**
667*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
668*67e74705SXin Li    */
669*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_Error   = 3,
670*67e74705SXin Li 
671*67e74705SXin Li   /**
672*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
673*67e74705SXin Li    * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
674*67e74705SXin Li    * results.
675*67e74705SXin Li    */
676*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_Fatal   = 4
677*67e74705SXin Li };
678*67e74705SXin Li 
679*67e74705SXin Li /**
680*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
681*67e74705SXin Li  * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
682*67e74705SXin Li  */
683*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
684*67e74705SXin Li 
685*67e74705SXin Li /**
686*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A group of CXDiagnostics.
687*67e74705SXin Li  */
688*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
689*67e74705SXin Li 
690*67e74705SXin Li /**
691*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
692*67e74705SXin Li  */
693*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
694*67e74705SXin Li 
695*67e74705SXin Li /**
696*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
697*67e74705SXin Li  *
698*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
699*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
700*67e74705SXin Li  *
701*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
702*67e74705SXin Li  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
703*67e74705SXin Li  */
704*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
705*67e74705SXin Li                                                      unsigned Index);
706*67e74705SXin Li 
707*67e74705SXin Li /**
708*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
709*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
710*67e74705SXin Li  */
711*67e74705SXin Li enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
712*67e74705SXin Li   /**
713*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that no error occurred.
714*67e74705SXin Li    */
715*67e74705SXin Li   CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
716*67e74705SXin Li 
717*67e74705SXin Li   /**
718*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
719*67e74705SXin Li    * deserialize diagnostics.
720*67e74705SXin Li    */
721*67e74705SXin Li   CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
722*67e74705SXin Li 
723*67e74705SXin Li   /**
724*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
725*67e74705SXin Li    * could not be opened.
726*67e74705SXin Li    */
727*67e74705SXin Li   CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
728*67e74705SXin Li 
729*67e74705SXin Li   /**
730*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
731*67e74705SXin Li    * corrupt.
732*67e74705SXin Li    */
733*67e74705SXin Li   CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
734*67e74705SXin Li };
735*67e74705SXin Li 
736*67e74705SXin Li /**
737*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
738*67e74705SXin Li  * file.
739*67e74705SXin Li  *
740*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
741*67e74705SXin Li  * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
742*67e74705SXin Li  *        deserializing the diagnostics.
743*67e74705SXin Li  * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
744*67e74705SXin Li  *        if the file was not successfully loaded.
745*67e74705SXin Li  *
746*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise.  These
747*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
748*67e74705SXin Li  */
749*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
750*67e74705SXin Li                                                   enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
751*67e74705SXin Li                                                   CXString *errorString);
752*67e74705SXin Li 
753*67e74705SXin Li /**
754*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
755*67e74705SXin Li  */
756*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
757*67e74705SXin Li 
758*67e74705SXin Li /**
759*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic.
760*67e74705SXin Li  *
761*67e74705SXin Li  * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
762*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_disposeDiagnosticSet.
763*67e74705SXin Li  */
764*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
765*67e74705SXin Li 
766*67e74705SXin Li /**
767*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
768*67e74705SXin Li  * translation unit.
769*67e74705SXin Li  */
770*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
771*67e74705SXin Li 
772*67e74705SXin Li /**
773*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
774*67e74705SXin Li  *
775*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
776*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
777*67e74705SXin Li  *
778*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
779*67e74705SXin Li  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
780*67e74705SXin Li  */
781*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
782*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned Index);
783*67e74705SXin Li 
784*67e74705SXin Li /**
785*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
786*67e74705SXin Li  *        translation unit.
787*67e74705SXin Li  *
788*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
789*67e74705SXin Li  */
790*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
791*67e74705SXin Li   clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
792*67e74705SXin Li 
793*67e74705SXin Li /**
794*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Destroy a diagnostic.
795*67e74705SXin Li  */
796*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
797*67e74705SXin Li 
798*67e74705SXin Li /**
799*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Options to control the display of diagnostics.
800*67e74705SXin Li  *
801*67e74705SXin Li  * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
802*67e74705SXin Li  * behavior of \c clang_formatDiagnostic().
803*67e74705SXin Li  */
804*67e74705SXin Li enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
805*67e74705SXin Li   /**
806*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Display the source-location information where the
807*67e74705SXin Li    * diagnostic was located.
808*67e74705SXin Li    *
809*67e74705SXin Li    * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
810*67e74705SXin Li    * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
811*67e74705SXin Li    *
812*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
813*67e74705SXin Li    * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
814*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
815*67e74705SXin Li    *
816*67e74705SXin Li    * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
817*67e74705SXin Li    */
818*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
819*67e74705SXin Li 
820*67e74705SXin Li   /**
821*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
822*67e74705SXin Li    * diagnostic, also include the column number.
823*67e74705SXin Li    *
824*67e74705SXin Li    * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
825*67e74705SXin Li    */
826*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
827*67e74705SXin Li 
828*67e74705SXin Li   /**
829*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
830*67e74705SXin Li    * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
831*67e74705SXin Li    * machine-parsable format.
832*67e74705SXin Li    *
833*67e74705SXin Li    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
834*67e74705SXin Li    * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
835*67e74705SXin Li    */
836*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
837*67e74705SXin Li 
838*67e74705SXin Li   /**
839*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
840*67e74705SXin Li    *
841*67e74705SXin Li    * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
842*67e74705SXin Li    * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
843*67e74705SXin Li    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
844*67e74705SXin Li    */
845*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
846*67e74705SXin Li 
847*67e74705SXin Li   /**
848*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
849*67e74705SXin Li    *
850*67e74705SXin Li    * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
851*67e74705SXin Li    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
852*67e74705SXin Li    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
853*67e74705SXin Li    */
854*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
855*67e74705SXin Li 
856*67e74705SXin Li   /**
857*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
858*67e74705SXin Li    *
859*67e74705SXin Li    * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
860*67e74705SXin Li    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
861*67e74705SXin Li    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
862*67e74705SXin Li    */
863*67e74705SXin Li   CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
864*67e74705SXin Li };
865*67e74705SXin Li 
866*67e74705SXin Li /**
867*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
868*67e74705SXin Li  *
869*67e74705SXin Li  * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
870*67e74705SXin Li  * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
871*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
872*67e74705SXin Li  * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
873*67e74705SXin Li  *
874*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
875*67e74705SXin Li  *
876*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
877*67e74705SXin Li  * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
878*67e74705SXin Li  *
879*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
880*67e74705SXin Li  */
881*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
882*67e74705SXin Li                                                unsigned Options);
883*67e74705SXin Li 
884*67e74705SXin Li /**
885*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
886*67e74705SXin Li  * default behavior of the clang compiler.
887*67e74705SXin Li  *
888*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
889*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_formatDiagnostic().
890*67e74705SXin Li  */
891*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
892*67e74705SXin Li 
893*67e74705SXin Li /**
894*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
895*67e74705SXin Li  */
896*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
897*67e74705SXin Li clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
898*67e74705SXin Li 
899*67e74705SXin Li /**
900*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
901*67e74705SXin Li  *
902*67e74705SXin Li  * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
903*67e74705SXin Li  * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
904*67e74705SXin Li  */
905*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
906*67e74705SXin Li 
907*67e74705SXin Li /**
908*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
909*67e74705SXin Li  */
910*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
911*67e74705SXin Li 
912*67e74705SXin Li /**
913*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
914*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostic.
915*67e74705SXin Li  *
916*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
917*67e74705SXin Li  *
918*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
919*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostic (if any).
920*67e74705SXin Li  *
921*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
922*67e74705SXin Li  * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic".
923*67e74705SXin Li  */
924*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
925*67e74705SXin Li                                                   CXString *Disable);
926*67e74705SXin Li 
927*67e74705SXin Li /**
928*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
929*67e74705SXin Li  *
930*67e74705SXin Li  * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
931*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine
932*67e74705SXin Li  * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
933*67e74705SXin Li  *
934*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
935*67e74705SXin Li  * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
936*67e74705SXin Li  */
937*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
938*67e74705SXin Li 
939*67e74705SXin Li /**
940*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category.  This
941*67e74705SXin Li  *  is now deprecated.  Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
942*67e74705SXin Li  *  instead.
943*67e74705SXin Li  *
944*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by
945*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
946*67e74705SXin Li  *
947*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
948*67e74705SXin Li  */
949*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
950*67e74705SXin Li CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
951*67e74705SXin Li 
952*67e74705SXin Li /**
953*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
954*67e74705SXin Li  *
955*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
956*67e74705SXin Li  */
957*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
958*67e74705SXin Li 
959*67e74705SXin Li /**
960*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
961*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostic.
962*67e74705SXin Li  */
963*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
964*67e74705SXin Li 
965*67e74705SXin Li /**
966*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
967*67e74705SXin Li  *
968*67e74705SXin Li  * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
969*67e74705SXin Li  * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
970*67e74705SXin Li  * underlining them with '~' characters.
971*67e74705SXin Li  *
972*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
973*67e74705SXin Li  *
974*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
975*67e74705SXin Li  *
976*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested source range.
977*67e74705SXin Li  */
978*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
979*67e74705SXin Li                                                       unsigned Range);
980*67e74705SXin Li 
981*67e74705SXin Li /**
982*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
983*67e74705SXin Li  * given diagnostic.
984*67e74705SXin Li  */
985*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
986*67e74705SXin Li 
987*67e74705SXin Li /**
988*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
989*67e74705SXin Li  *
990*67e74705SXin Li  * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
991*67e74705SXin Li  * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
992*67e74705SXin Li  * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
993*67e74705SXin Li  * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
994*67e74705SXin Li  * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
995*67e74705SXin Li  * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
996*67e74705SXin Li  * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
997*67e74705SXin Li  * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
998*67e74705SXin Li  * insert).
999*67e74705SXin Li  *
1000*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
1001*67e74705SXin Li  *
1002*67e74705SXin Li  * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
1003*67e74705SXin Li  *
1004*67e74705SXin Li  * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
1005*67e74705SXin Li  * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
1006*67e74705SXin Li  * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
1007*67e74705SXin Li  * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
1008*67e74705SXin Li  *
1009*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
1010*67e74705SXin Li  * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
1011*67e74705SXin Li  */
1012*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
1013*67e74705SXin Li                                                  unsigned FixIt,
1014*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
1015*67e74705SXin Li 
1016*67e74705SXin Li /**
1017*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
1018*67e74705SXin Li  */
1019*67e74705SXin Li 
1020*67e74705SXin Li /**
1021*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
1022*67e74705SXin Li  *
1023*67e74705SXin Li  * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
1024*67e74705SXin Li  * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
1025*67e74705SXin Li  * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
1026*67e74705SXin Li  *
1027*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
1028*67e74705SXin Li  */
1029*67e74705SXin Li 
1030*67e74705SXin Li /**
1031*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Get the original translation unit source file name.
1032*67e74705SXin Li  */
1033*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1034*67e74705SXin Li clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1035*67e74705SXin Li 
1036*67e74705SXin Li /**
1037*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
1038*67e74705SXin Li  * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
1039*67e74705SXin Li  *
1040*67e74705SXin Li  * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional.  If the caller provides a
1041*67e74705SXin Li  * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
1042*67e74705SXin Li  * specified command line arguments.
1043*67e74705SXin Li  *
1044*67e74705SXin Li  * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
1045*67e74705SXin Li  * are ignored:
1046*67e74705SXin Li  *
1047*67e74705SXin Li  *   '-c'
1048*67e74705SXin Li  *   '-emit-ast'
1049*67e74705SXin Li  *   '-fsyntax-only'
1050*67e74705SXin Li  *   '-o \<output file>'  (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
1051*67e74705SXin Li  *
1052*67e74705SXin Li  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1053*67e74705SXin Li  * associated.
1054*67e74705SXin Li  *
1055*67e74705SXin Li  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1056*67e74705SXin Li  * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
1057*67e74705SXin Li  *
1058*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1059*67e74705SXin Li  * \p clang_command_line_args.
1060*67e74705SXin Li  *
1061*67e74705SXin Li  * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1062*67e74705SXin Li  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1063*67e74705SXin Li  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1064*67e74705SXin Li  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
1065*67e74705SXin Li  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1066*67e74705SXin Li  *
1067*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1068*67e74705SXin Li  * unsaved_files.
1069*67e74705SXin Li  *
1070*67e74705SXin Li  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1071*67e74705SXin Li  * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
1072*67e74705SXin Li  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1073*67e74705SXin Li  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1074*67e74705SXin Li  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1075*67e74705SXin Li  */
1076*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
1077*67e74705SXin Li                                          CXIndex CIdx,
1078*67e74705SXin Li                                          const char *source_filename,
1079*67e74705SXin Li                                          int num_clang_command_line_args,
1080*67e74705SXin Li                                    const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
1081*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1082*67e74705SXin Li                                          struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
1083*67e74705SXin Li 
1084*67e74705SXin Li /**
1085*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
1086*67e74705SXin Li  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
1087*67e74705SXin Li  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1088*67e74705SXin Li  * error codes.
1089*67e74705SXin Li  */
1090*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(
1091*67e74705SXin Li     CXIndex CIdx,
1092*67e74705SXin Li     const char *ast_filename);
1093*67e74705SXin Li 
1094*67e74705SXin Li /**
1095*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
1096*67e74705SXin Li  *
1097*67e74705SXin Li  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1098*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXTranslationUnit.
1099*67e74705SXin Li  *
1100*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1101*67e74705SXin Li  */
1102*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(
1103*67e74705SXin Li     CXIndex CIdx,
1104*67e74705SXin Li     const char *ast_filename,
1105*67e74705SXin Li     CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1106*67e74705SXin Li 
1107*67e74705SXin Li /**
1108*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Flags that control the creation of translation units.
1109*67e74705SXin Li  *
1110*67e74705SXin Li  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1111*67e74705SXin Li  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1112*67e74705SXin Li  * constructing the translation unit.
1113*67e74705SXin Li  */
1114*67e74705SXin Li enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
1115*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1116*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
1117*67e74705SXin Li    * needed.
1118*67e74705SXin Li    */
1119*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
1120*67e74705SXin Li 
1121*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1122*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
1123*67e74705SXin Li    * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
1124*67e74705SXin Li    *
1125*67e74705SXin Li    * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
1126*67e74705SXin Li    * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
1127*67e74705SXin Li    * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
1128*67e74705SXin Li    * applications that require more detailed information about the
1129*67e74705SXin Li    * behavior of the preprocessor.
1130*67e74705SXin Li    */
1131*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
1132*67e74705SXin Li 
1133*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1134*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
1135*67e74705SXin Li    *
1136*67e74705SXin Li    * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
1137*67e74705SXin Li    * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
1138*67e74705SXin Li    * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
1139*67e74705SXin Li    * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
1140*67e74705SXin Li    * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
1141*67e74705SXin Li    * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
1142*67e74705SXin Li    * intent of producing a precompiled header.
1143*67e74705SXin Li    */
1144*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
1145*67e74705SXin Li 
1146*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1147*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
1148*67e74705SXin Li    * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
1149*67e74705SXin Li    *
1150*67e74705SXin Li    * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
1151*67e74705SXin Li    * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
1152*67e74705SXin Li    * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
1153*67e74705SXin Li    * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
1154*67e74705SXin Li    * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
1155*67e74705SXin Li    * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
1156*67e74705SXin Li    * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
1157*67e74705SXin Li    * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
1158*67e74705SXin Li    * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
1159*67e74705SXin Li    */
1160*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
1161*67e74705SXin Li 
1162*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1163*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
1164*67e74705SXin Li    * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
1165*67e74705SXin Li    *
1166*67e74705SXin Li    * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
1167*67e74705SXin Li    * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
1168*67e74705SXin Li    * code-completion operations.
1169*67e74705SXin Li    */
1170*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
1171*67e74705SXin Li 
1172*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1173*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
1174*67e74705SXin Li    * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
1175*67e74705SXin Li    *
1176*67e74705SXin Li    * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
1177*67e74705SXin Li    * producing a precompiled header.
1178*67e74705SXin Li    */
1179*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
1180*67e74705SXin Li 
1181*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1182*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
1183*67e74705SXin Li    *
1184*67e74705SXin Li    * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
1185*67e74705SXin Li    * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
1186*67e74705SXin Li    */
1187*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
1188*67e74705SXin Li 
1189*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1190*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
1191*67e74705SXin Li    * parsing.
1192*67e74705SXin Li    *
1193*67e74705SXin Li    * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
1194*67e74705SXin Li    * ignoring the usages.
1195*67e74705SXin Li    */
1196*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
1197*67e74705SXin Li 
1198*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1199*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
1200*67e74705SXin Li    * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
1201*67e74705SXin Li    * unit.
1202*67e74705SXin Li    */
1203*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80,
1204*67e74705SXin Li 
1205*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1206*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
1207*67e74705SXin Li    * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
1208*67e74705SXin Li    * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
1209*67e74705SXin Li    * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
1210*67e74705SXin Li    */
1211*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = 0x100,
1212*67e74705SXin Li 
1213*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1214*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
1215*67e74705SXin Li    *
1216*67e74705SXin Li    * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
1217*67e74705SXin Li    * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
1218*67e74705SXin Li    * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
1219*67e74705SXin Li    * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
1220*67e74705SXin Li    * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
1221*67e74705SXin Li    */
1222*67e74705SXin Li   CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing = 0x200
1223*67e74705SXin Li };
1224*67e74705SXin Li 
1225*67e74705SXin Li /**
1226*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
1227*67e74705SXin Li  * unit that is being edited.
1228*67e74705SXin Li  *
1229*67e74705SXin Li  * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
1230*67e74705SXin Li  * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
1231*67e74705SXin Li  * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
1232*67e74705SXin Li  * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
1233*67e74705SXin Li  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
1234*67e74705SXin Li  * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
1235*67e74705SXin Li  * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
1236*67e74705SXin Li  */
1237*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
1238*67e74705SXin Li 
1239*67e74705SXin Li /**
1240*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
1241*67e74705SXin Li  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
1242*67e74705SXin Li  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1243*67e74705SXin Li  * error codes.
1244*67e74705SXin Li  */
1245*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
1246*67e74705SXin Li clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
1247*67e74705SXin Li                            const char *source_filename,
1248*67e74705SXin Li                            const char *const *command_line_args,
1249*67e74705SXin Li                            int num_command_line_args,
1250*67e74705SXin Li                            struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1251*67e74705SXin Li                            unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1252*67e74705SXin Li                            unsigned options);
1253*67e74705SXin Li 
1254*67e74705SXin Li /**
1255*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
1256*67e74705SXin Li  * to that file.
1257*67e74705SXin Li  *
1258*67e74705SXin Li  * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
1259*67e74705SXin Li  * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
1260*67e74705SXin Li  * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
1261*67e74705SXin Li  * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
1262*67e74705SXin Li  * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
1263*67e74705SXin Li  *
1264*67e74705SXin Li  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1265*67e74705SXin Li  * associated.
1266*67e74705SXin Li  *
1267*67e74705SXin Li  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1268*67e74705SXin Li  * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
1269*67e74705SXin Li  *
1270*67e74705SXin Li  * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1271*67e74705SXin Li  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1272*67e74705SXin Li  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1273*67e74705SXin Li  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
1274*67e74705SXin Li  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1275*67e74705SXin Li  *
1276*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1277*67e74705SXin Li  * \c command_line_args.
1278*67e74705SXin Li  *
1279*67e74705SXin Li  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1280*67e74705SXin Li  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1281*67e74705SXin Li  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1282*67e74705SXin Li  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1283*67e74705SXin Li  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1284*67e74705SXin Li  *
1285*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1286*67e74705SXin Li  * unsaved_files.
1287*67e74705SXin Li  *
1288*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1289*67e74705SXin Li  * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1290*67e74705SXin Li  * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1291*67e74705SXin Li  *
1292*67e74705SXin Li  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1293*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
1294*67e74705SXin Li  * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
1295*67e74705SXin Li  *
1296*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1297*67e74705SXin Li  */
1298*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
1299*67e74705SXin Li clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
1300*67e74705SXin Li                             const char *source_filename,
1301*67e74705SXin Li                             const char *const *command_line_args,
1302*67e74705SXin Li                             int num_command_line_args,
1303*67e74705SXin Li                             struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1304*67e74705SXin Li                             unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1305*67e74705SXin Li                             unsigned options,
1306*67e74705SXin Li                             CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1307*67e74705SXin Li 
1308*67e74705SXin Li /**
1309*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
1310*67e74705SXin Li  * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
1311*67e74705SXin Li  * library paths are relative to the binary.
1312*67e74705SXin Li  */
1313*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
1314*67e74705SXin Li     CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
1315*67e74705SXin Li     const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
1316*67e74705SXin Li     struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1317*67e74705SXin Li     unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1318*67e74705SXin Li 
1319*67e74705SXin Li /**
1320*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Flags that control how translation units are saved.
1321*67e74705SXin Li  *
1322*67e74705SXin Li  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1323*67e74705SXin Li  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1324*67e74705SXin Li  * saving the translation unit.
1325*67e74705SXin Li  */
1326*67e74705SXin Li enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
1327*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1328*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
1329*67e74705SXin Li    */
1330*67e74705SXin Li   CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
1331*67e74705SXin Li };
1332*67e74705SXin Li 
1333*67e74705SXin Li /**
1334*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
1335*67e74705SXin Li  * unit.
1336*67e74705SXin Li  *
1337*67e74705SXin Li  * The set of flags returned provide options for
1338*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1339*67e74705SXin Li  * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
1340*67e74705SXin Li  * the most commonly-requested data.
1341*67e74705SXin Li  */
1342*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1343*67e74705SXin Li 
1344*67e74705SXin Li /**
1345*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
1346*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
1347*67e74705SXin Li  */
1348*67e74705SXin Li enum CXSaveError {
1349*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1350*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
1351*67e74705SXin Li    */
1352*67e74705SXin Li   CXSaveError_None = 0,
1353*67e74705SXin Li 
1354*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1355*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
1356*67e74705SXin Li    * the file.
1357*67e74705SXin Li    *
1358*67e74705SXin Li    * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
1359*67e74705SXin Li    * write the file.
1360*67e74705SXin Li    */
1361*67e74705SXin Li   CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
1362*67e74705SXin Li 
1363*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1364*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
1365*67e74705SXin Li    * to save the translation unit.
1366*67e74705SXin Li    *
1367*67e74705SXin Li    * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
1368*67e74705SXin Li    * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
1369*67e74705SXin Li    */
1370*67e74705SXin Li   CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
1371*67e74705SXin Li 
1372*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1373*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
1374*67e74705SXin Li    * invalid (e.g., NULL).
1375*67e74705SXin Li    */
1376*67e74705SXin Li   CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
1377*67e74705SXin Li };
1378*67e74705SXin Li 
1379*67e74705SXin Li /**
1380*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
1381*67e74705SXin Li  * that translation unit on disk.
1382*67e74705SXin Li  *
1383*67e74705SXin Li  * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
1384*67e74705SXin Li  * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
1385*67e74705SXin Li  * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
1386*67e74705SXin Li  * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
1387*67e74705SXin Li  * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
1388*67e74705SXin Li  * units.
1389*67e74705SXin Li  *
1390*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU The translation unit to save.
1391*67e74705SXin Li  *
1392*67e74705SXin Li  * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
1393*67e74705SXin Li  *
1394*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1395*67e74705SXin Li  * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1396*67e74705SXin Li  * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1397*67e74705SXin Li  *
1398*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
1399*67e74705SXin Li  * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
1400*67e74705SXin Li  * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
1401*67e74705SXin Li  */
1402*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1403*67e74705SXin Li                                              const char *FileName,
1404*67e74705SXin Li                                              unsigned options);
1405*67e74705SXin Li 
1406*67e74705SXin Li /**
1407*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
1408*67e74705SXin Li  */
1409*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1410*67e74705SXin Li 
1411*67e74705SXin Li /**
1412*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
1413*67e74705SXin Li  *
1414*67e74705SXin Li  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1415*67e74705SXin Li  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1416*67e74705SXin Li  * reparsing the translation unit.
1417*67e74705SXin Li  */
1418*67e74705SXin Li enum CXReparse_Flags {
1419*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1420*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
1421*67e74705SXin Li    */
1422*67e74705SXin Li   CXReparse_None = 0x0
1423*67e74705SXin Li };
1424*67e74705SXin Li 
1425*67e74705SXin Li /**
1426*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
1427*67e74705SXin Li  * unit.
1428*67e74705SXin Li  *
1429*67e74705SXin Li  * The set of flags returned provide options for
1430*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1431*67e74705SXin Li  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
1432*67e74705SXin Li  * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
1433*67e74705SXin Li  * to the next.
1434*67e74705SXin Li  */
1435*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1436*67e74705SXin Li 
1437*67e74705SXin Li /**
1438*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
1439*67e74705SXin Li  *
1440*67e74705SXin Li  * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1441*67e74705SXin Li  * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1442*67e74705SXin Li  * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1443*67e74705SXin Li  * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
1444*67e74705SXin Li  * was originally parsed.
1445*67e74705SXin Li  *
1446*67e74705SXin Li  * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1447*67e74705SXin Li  * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1448*67e74705SXin Li  * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1449*67e74705SXin Li  * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
1450*67e74705SXin Li  * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
1451*67e74705SXin Li  * unit using this routine.
1452*67e74705SXin Li  *
1453*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
1454*67e74705SXin Li  * translation unit must originally have been built with
1455*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1456*67e74705SXin Li  *
1457*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1458*67e74705SXin Li  * unsaved_files.
1459*67e74705SXin Li  *
1460*67e74705SXin Li  * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1461*67e74705SXin Li  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1462*67e74705SXin Li  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1463*67e74705SXin Li  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1464*67e74705SXin Li  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1465*67e74705SXin Li  *
1466*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1467*67e74705SXin Li  * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1468*67e74705SXin Li  * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1469*67e74705SXin Li  *
1470*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed.  A non-zero error code will be
1471*67e74705SXin Li  * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
1472*67e74705SXin Li  * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1473*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU).  The error codes returned by this
1474*67e74705SXin Li  * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
1475*67e74705SXin Li  */
1476*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1477*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1478*67e74705SXin Li                                           struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1479*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned options);
1480*67e74705SXin Li 
1481*67e74705SXin Li /**
1482*67e74705SXin Li   * \brief Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
1483*67e74705SXin Li   */
1484*67e74705SXin Li enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
1485*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
1486*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
1487*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
1488*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
1489*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
1490*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
1491*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
1492*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
1493*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
1494*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
1495*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
1496*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
1497*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
1498*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
1499*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1500*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
1501*67e74705SXin Li     CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
1502*67e74705SXin Li 
1503*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1504*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
1505*67e74705SXin Li };
1506*67e74705SXin Li 
1507*67e74705SXin Li /**
1508*67e74705SXin Li   * \brief Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
1509*67e74705SXin Li   *  the name of the memory category.  This string should never be freed.
1510*67e74705SXin Li   */
1511*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
1512*67e74705SXin Li const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
1513*67e74705SXin Li 
1514*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
1515*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief The memory usage category. */
1516*67e74705SXin Li   enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
1517*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief Amount of resources used.
1518*67e74705SXin Li       The units will depend on the resource kind. */
1519*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned long amount;
1520*67e74705SXin Li } CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
1521*67e74705SXin Li 
1522*67e74705SXin Li /**
1523*67e74705SXin Li   * \brief The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
1524*67e74705SXin Li   */
1525*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
1526*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief Private data member, used for queries. */
1527*67e74705SXin Li   void *data;
1528*67e74705SXin Li 
1529*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
1530*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned numEntries;
1531*67e74705SXin Li 
1532*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
1533*67e74705SXin Li             usage. */
1534*67e74705SXin Li   CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
1535*67e74705SXin Li 
1536*67e74705SXin Li } CXTUResourceUsage;
1537*67e74705SXin Li 
1538*67e74705SXin Li /**
1539*67e74705SXin Li   * \brief Return the memory usage of a translation unit.  This object
1540*67e74705SXin Li   *  should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
1541*67e74705SXin Li   */
1542*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1543*67e74705SXin Li 
1544*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
1545*67e74705SXin Li 
1546*67e74705SXin Li /**
1547*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
1548*67e74705SXin Li  */
1549*67e74705SXin Li 
1550*67e74705SXin Li /**
1551*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
1552*67e74705SXin Li  */
1553*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCursorKind {
1554*67e74705SXin Li   /* Declarations */
1555*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1556*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1557*67e74705SXin Li    * interface.
1558*67e74705SXin Li    *
1559*67e74705SXin Li    * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1560*67e74705SXin Li    * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1561*67e74705SXin Li    * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1562*67e74705SXin Li    * of the declaration is not reported.
1563*67e74705SXin Li    */
1564*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnexposedDecl                 = 1,
1565*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C or C++ struct. */
1566*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_StructDecl                    = 2,
1567*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C or C++ union. */
1568*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnionDecl                     = 3,
1569*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ class. */
1570*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ClassDecl                     = 4,
1571*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An enumeration. */
1572*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_EnumDecl                      = 5,
1573*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1574*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
1575*67e74705SXin Li    * struct, union, or C++ class.
1576*67e74705SXin Li    */
1577*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FieldDecl                     = 6,
1578*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An enumerator constant. */
1579*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl              = 7,
1580*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A function. */
1581*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FunctionDecl                  = 8,
1582*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A variable. */
1583*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_VarDecl                       = 9,
1584*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A function or method parameter. */
1585*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ParmDecl                      = 10,
1586*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface. */
1587*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl             = 11,
1588*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
1589*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl              = 12,
1590*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
1591*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl              = 13,
1592*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
1593*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl              = 14,
1594*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C instance variable. */
1595*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl                  = 15,
1596*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C instance method. */
1597*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl        = 16,
1598*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C class method. */
1599*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl           = 17,
1600*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation. */
1601*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl        = 18,
1602*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
1603*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl          = 19,
1604*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A typedef. */
1605*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TypedefDecl                   = 20,
1606*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ class method. */
1607*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXMethod                     = 21,
1608*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ namespace. */
1609*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_Namespace                     = 22,
1610*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
1611*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LinkageSpec                   = 23,
1612*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ constructor. */
1613*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_Constructor                   = 24,
1614*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ destructor. */
1615*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_Destructor                    = 25,
1616*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ conversion function. */
1617*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ConversionFunction            = 26,
1618*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ template type parameter. */
1619*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter         = 27,
1620*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ non-type template parameter. */
1621*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter      = 28,
1622*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ template template parameter. */
1623*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter     = 29,
1624*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ function template. */
1625*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FunctionTemplate              = 30,
1626*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ class template. */
1627*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ClassTemplate                 = 31,
1628*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ class template partial specialization. */
1629*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
1630*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
1631*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NamespaceAlias                = 33,
1632*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ using directive. */
1633*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UsingDirective                = 34,
1634*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ using declaration. */
1635*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UsingDeclaration              = 35,
1636*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ alias declaration */
1637*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl                 = 36,
1638*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
1639*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl            = 37,
1640*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
1641*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl               = 38,
1642*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An access specifier. */
1643*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier            = 39,
1644*67e74705SXin Li 
1645*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstDecl                     = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
1646*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastDecl                      = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
1647*67e74705SXin Li 
1648*67e74705SXin Li   /* References */
1649*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstRef                      = 40, /* Decl references */
1650*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef             = 40,
1651*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef               = 41,
1652*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCClassRef                  = 42,
1653*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1654*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a type declaration.
1655*67e74705SXin Li    *
1656*67e74705SXin Li    * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1657*67e74705SXin Li    * declared. For example, given:
1658*67e74705SXin Li    *
1659*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1660*67e74705SXin Li    * typedef unsigned size_type;
1661*67e74705SXin Li    * size_type size;
1662*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1663*67e74705SXin Li    *
1664*67e74705SXin Li    * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1665*67e74705SXin Li    * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1666*67e74705SXin Li    * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1667*67e74705SXin Li    */
1668*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TypeRef                       = 43,
1669*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier              = 44,
1670*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1671*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a class template, function template, template
1672*67e74705SXin Li    * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
1673*67e74705SXin Li    */
1674*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TemplateRef                   = 45,
1675*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1676*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
1677*67e74705SXin Li    */
1678*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NamespaceRef                  = 46,
1679*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1680*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
1681*67e74705SXin Li    * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
1682*67e74705SXin Li    */
1683*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MemberRef                     = 47,
1684*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1685*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a labeled statement.
1686*67e74705SXin Li    *
1687*67e74705SXin Li    * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
1688*67e74705SXin Li    * goto statement in the following example:
1689*67e74705SXin Li    *
1690*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1691*67e74705SXin Li    *   start_over:
1692*67e74705SXin Li    *     ++counter;
1693*67e74705SXin Li    *
1694*67e74705SXin Li    *     goto start_over;
1695*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1696*67e74705SXin Li    *
1697*67e74705SXin Li    * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1698*67e74705SXin Li    */
1699*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LabelRef                      = 48,
1700*67e74705SXin Li 
1701*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1702*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
1703*67e74705SXin Li    * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1704*67e74705SXin Li    *
1705*67e74705SXin Li    * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1706*67e74705SXin Li    * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1707*67e74705SXin Li    *
1708*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1709*67e74705SXin Li    * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1710*67e74705SXin Li    *
1711*67e74705SXin Li    * struct X { ... };
1712*67e74705SXin Li    * void swap(X&, X&);
1713*67e74705SXin Li    *
1714*67e74705SXin Li    * template<typename T>
1715*67e74705SXin Li    * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1716*67e74705SXin Li    *   while (first < last - 1) {
1717*67e74705SXin Li    *     swap(*first, *--last);
1718*67e74705SXin Li    *     ++first;
1719*67e74705SXin Li    *   }
1720*67e74705SXin Li    * }
1721*67e74705SXin Li    *
1722*67e74705SXin Li    * struct Y { };
1723*67e74705SXin Li    * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1724*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1725*67e74705SXin Li    *
1726*67e74705SXin Li    * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1727*67e74705SXin Li    * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1728*67e74705SXin Li    * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1729*67e74705SXin Li    * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1730*67e74705SXin Li    * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1731*67e74705SXin Li    * example).
1732*67e74705SXin Li    *
1733*67e74705SXin Li    * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
1734*67e74705SXin Li    * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1735*67e74705SXin Li    * referenced by this cursor.
1736*67e74705SXin Li    */
1737*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef             = 49,
1738*67e74705SXin Li 
1739*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1740*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
1741*67e74705SXin Li    * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1742*67e74705SXin Li    */
1743*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_VariableRef                   = 50,
1744*67e74705SXin Li 
1745*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastRef                       = CXCursor_VariableRef,
1746*67e74705SXin Li 
1747*67e74705SXin Li   /* Error conditions */
1748*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstInvalid                  = 70,
1749*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_InvalidFile                   = 70,
1750*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NoDeclFound                   = 71,
1751*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NotImplemented                = 72,
1752*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_InvalidCode                   = 73,
1753*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastInvalid                   = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
1754*67e74705SXin Li 
1755*67e74705SXin Li   /* Expressions */
1756*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstExpr                     = 100,
1757*67e74705SXin Li 
1758*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1759*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1760*67e74705SXin Li    * interface.
1761*67e74705SXin Li    *
1762*67e74705SXin Li    * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1763*67e74705SXin Li    * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1764*67e74705SXin Li    * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1765*67e74705SXin Li    * expression is not reported.
1766*67e74705SXin Li    */
1767*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnexposedExpr                 = 100,
1768*67e74705SXin Li 
1769*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1770*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
1771*67e74705SXin Li    * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
1772*67e74705SXin Li    */
1773*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DeclRefExpr                   = 101,
1774*67e74705SXin Li 
1775*67e74705SXin Li   /**
1776*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
1777*67e74705SXin Li    * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1778*67e74705SXin Li    */
1779*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MemberRefExpr                 = 102,
1780*67e74705SXin Li 
1781*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An expression that calls a function. */
1782*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CallExpr                      = 103,
1783*67e74705SXin Li 
1784*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
1785*67e74705SXin Li    object or class. */
1786*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr               = 104,
1787*67e74705SXin Li 
1788*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An expression that represents a block literal. */
1789*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_BlockExpr                     = 105,
1790*67e74705SXin Li 
1791*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An integer literal.
1792*67e74705SXin Li    */
1793*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IntegerLiteral                = 106,
1794*67e74705SXin Li 
1795*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A floating point number literal.
1796*67e74705SXin Li    */
1797*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FloatingLiteral               = 107,
1798*67e74705SXin Li 
1799*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An imaginary number literal.
1800*67e74705SXin Li    */
1801*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral              = 108,
1802*67e74705SXin Li 
1803*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A string literal.
1804*67e74705SXin Li    */
1805*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_StringLiteral                 = 109,
1806*67e74705SXin Li 
1807*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A character literal.
1808*67e74705SXin Li    */
1809*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CharacterLiteral              = 110,
1810*67e74705SXin Li 
1811*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
1812*67e74705SXin Li    *
1813*67e74705SXin Li    * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1814*67e74705SXin Li    */
1815*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ParenExpr                     = 111,
1816*67e74705SXin Li 
1817*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
1818*67e74705SXin Li    * alignof).
1819*67e74705SXin Li    */
1820*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnaryOperator                 = 112,
1821*67e74705SXin Li 
1822*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
1823*67e74705SXin Li    */
1824*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr            = 113,
1825*67e74705SXin Li 
1826*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
1827*67e74705SXin Li    * "x <= y".
1828*67e74705SXin Li    */
1829*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_BinaryOperator                = 114,
1830*67e74705SXin Li 
1831*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Compound assignment such as "+=".
1832*67e74705SXin Li    */
1833*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator        = 115,
1834*67e74705SXin Li 
1835*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief The ?: ternary operator.
1836*67e74705SXin Li    */
1837*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ConditionalOperator           = 116,
1838*67e74705SXin Li 
1839*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
1840*67e74705SXin Li    * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
1841*67e74705SXin Li    *
1842*67e74705SXin Li    * For example: (int)f.
1843*67e74705SXin Li    */
1844*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr                = 117,
1845*67e74705SXin Li 
1846*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.5]
1847*67e74705SXin Li    */
1848*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr           = 118,
1849*67e74705SXin Li 
1850*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
1851*67e74705SXin Li    */
1852*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_InitListExpr                  = 119,
1853*67e74705SXin Li 
1854*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
1855*67e74705SXin Li    */
1856*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr                 = 120,
1857*67e74705SXin Li 
1858*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
1859*67e74705SXin Li    */
1860*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_StmtExpr                      = 121,
1861*67e74705SXin Li 
1862*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents a C11 generic selection.
1863*67e74705SXin Li    */
1864*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr          = 122,
1865*67e74705SXin Li 
1866*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
1867*67e74705SXin Li    * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
1868*67e74705SXin Li    * size and alignment as a pointer.
1869*67e74705SXin Li    *
1870*67e74705SXin Li    * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
1871*67e74705SXin Li    * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
1872*67e74705SXin Li    * match the size of a pointer).
1873*67e74705SXin Li    */
1874*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_GNUNullExpr                   = 123,
1875*67e74705SXin Li 
1876*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s static_cast<> expression.
1877*67e74705SXin Li    */
1878*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr             = 124,
1879*67e74705SXin Li 
1880*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
1881*67e74705SXin Li    */
1882*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr            = 125,
1883*67e74705SXin Li 
1884*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
1885*67e74705SXin Li    */
1886*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr        = 126,
1887*67e74705SXin Li 
1888*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s const_cast<> expression.
1889*67e74705SXin Li    */
1890*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr              = 127,
1891*67e74705SXin Li 
1892*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
1893*67e74705SXin Li    * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
1894*67e74705SXin Li    *
1895*67e74705SXin Li    * Example:
1896*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1897*67e74705SXin Li    *   x = int(0.5);
1898*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1899*67e74705SXin Li    */
1900*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr         = 128,
1901*67e74705SXin Li 
1902*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
1903*67e74705SXin Li    */
1904*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr                 = 129,
1905*67e74705SXin Li 
1906*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
1907*67e74705SXin Li    */
1908*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr            = 130,
1909*67e74705SXin Li 
1910*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
1911*67e74705SXin Li    */
1912*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr         = 131,
1913*67e74705SXin Li 
1914*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents the "this" expression in C++
1915*67e74705SXin Li    */
1916*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXThisExpr                   = 132,
1917*67e74705SXin Li 
1918*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
1919*67e74705SXin Li    *
1920*67e74705SXin Li    * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
1921*67e74705SXin Li    * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
1922*67e74705SXin Li    */
1923*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr                  = 133,
1924*67e74705SXin Li 
1925*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
1926*67e74705SXin Li    * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
1927*67e74705SXin Li    */
1928*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXNewExpr                    = 134,
1929*67e74705SXin Li 
1930*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
1931*67e74705SXin Li    * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
1932*67e74705SXin Li    */
1933*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr                 = 135,
1934*67e74705SXin Li 
1935*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
1936*67e74705SXin Li    */
1937*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnaryExpr                     = 136,
1938*67e74705SXin Li 
1939*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
1940*67e74705SXin Li    */
1941*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral             = 137,
1942*67e74705SXin Li 
1943*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@encode expression.
1944*67e74705SXin Li    */
1945*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr                = 138,
1946*67e74705SXin Li 
1947*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@selector expression.
1948*67e74705SXin Li    */
1949*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr              = 139,
1950*67e74705SXin Li 
1951*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
1952*67e74705SXin Li    */
1953*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr              = 140,
1954*67e74705SXin Li 
1955*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
1956*67e74705SXin Li    * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
1957*67e74705SXin Li    *
1958*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1959*67e74705SXin Li    *   NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
1960*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1961*67e74705SXin Li    */
1962*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr           = 141,
1963*67e74705SXin Li 
1964*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
1965*67e74705SXin Li    * expressions.
1966*67e74705SXin Li    *
1967*67e74705SXin Li    * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
1968*67e74705SXin Li    * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
1969*67e74705SXin Li    *
1970*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1971*67e74705SXin Li    * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
1972*67e74705SXin Li    * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
1973*67e74705SXin Li    *  f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
1974*67e74705SXin Li    * }
1975*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1976*67e74705SXin Li    */
1977*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr             = 142,
1978*67e74705SXin Li 
1979*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
1980*67e74705SXin Li    * pack.
1981*67e74705SXin Li    *
1982*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1983*67e74705SXin Li    * template<typename ...Types>
1984*67e74705SXin Li    * struct count {
1985*67e74705SXin Li    *   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
1986*67e74705SXin Li    * };
1987*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
1988*67e74705SXin Li    */
1989*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr                = 143,
1990*67e74705SXin Li 
1991*67e74705SXin Li   /* \brief Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
1992*67e74705SXin Li    * object.
1993*67e74705SXin Li    *
1994*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
1995*67e74705SXin Li    * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
1996*67e74705SXin Li    *   std::sort(x, x + N,
1997*67e74705SXin Li    *             [](float a, float b) {
1998*67e74705SXin Li    *               return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
1999*67e74705SXin Li    *             });
2000*67e74705SXin Li    * }
2001*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
2002*67e74705SXin Li    */
2003*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LambdaExpr                    = 144,
2004*67e74705SXin Li 
2005*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-c Boolean Literal.
2006*67e74705SXin Li    */
2007*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr           = 145,
2008*67e74705SXin Li 
2009*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
2010*67e74705SXin Li    */
2011*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr                  = 146,
2012*67e74705SXin Li 
2013*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Section].
2014*67e74705SXin Li    */
2015*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr           = 147,
2016*67e74705SXin Li 
2017*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastExpr                      = CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr,
2018*67e74705SXin Li 
2019*67e74705SXin Li   /* Statements */
2020*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstStmt                     = 200,
2021*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2022*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2023*67e74705SXin Li    * interface.
2024*67e74705SXin Li    *
2025*67e74705SXin Li    * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
2026*67e74705SXin Li    * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
2027*67e74705SXin Li    * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
2028*67e74705SXin Li    * reported.
2029*67e74705SXin Li    */
2030*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnexposedStmt                 = 200,
2031*67e74705SXin Li 
2032*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A labelled statement in a function.
2033*67e74705SXin Li    *
2034*67e74705SXin Li    * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
2035*67e74705SXin Li    * the following example:
2036*67e74705SXin Li    *
2037*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
2038*67e74705SXin Li    *   start_over:
2039*67e74705SXin Li    *     ++counter;
2040*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
2041*67e74705SXin Li    *
2042*67e74705SXin Li    */
2043*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LabelStmt                     = 201,
2044*67e74705SXin Li 
2045*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
2046*67e74705SXin Li    *
2047*67e74705SXin Li    * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
2048*67e74705SXin Li    * bodies.
2049*67e74705SXin Li    */
2050*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CompoundStmt                  = 202,
2051*67e74705SXin Li 
2052*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A case statement.
2053*67e74705SXin Li    */
2054*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CaseStmt                      = 203,
2055*67e74705SXin Li 
2056*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A default statement.
2057*67e74705SXin Li    */
2058*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DefaultStmt                   = 204,
2059*67e74705SXin Li 
2060*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An if statement
2061*67e74705SXin Li    */
2062*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IfStmt                        = 205,
2063*67e74705SXin Li 
2064*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A switch statement.
2065*67e74705SXin Li    */
2066*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SwitchStmt                    = 206,
2067*67e74705SXin Li 
2068*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A while statement.
2069*67e74705SXin Li    */
2070*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_WhileStmt                     = 207,
2071*67e74705SXin Li 
2072*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A do statement.
2073*67e74705SXin Li    */
2074*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DoStmt                        = 208,
2075*67e74705SXin Li 
2076*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A for statement.
2077*67e74705SXin Li    */
2078*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ForStmt                       = 209,
2079*67e74705SXin Li 
2080*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A goto statement.
2081*67e74705SXin Li    */
2082*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_GotoStmt                      = 210,
2083*67e74705SXin Li 
2084*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An indirect goto statement.
2085*67e74705SXin Li    */
2086*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt              = 211,
2087*67e74705SXin Li 
2088*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A continue statement.
2089*67e74705SXin Li    */
2090*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ContinueStmt                  = 212,
2091*67e74705SXin Li 
2092*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A break statement.
2093*67e74705SXin Li    */
2094*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_BreakStmt                     = 213,
2095*67e74705SXin Li 
2096*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A return statement.
2097*67e74705SXin Li    */
2098*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ReturnStmt                    = 214,
2099*67e74705SXin Li 
2100*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
2101*67e74705SXin Li    */
2102*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt                    = 215,
2103*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_AsmStmt                       = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
2104*67e74705SXin Li 
2105*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
2106*67e74705SXin Li    */
2107*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt                 = 216,
2108*67e74705SXin Li 
2109*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's \@catch statement.
2110*67e74705SXin Li    */
2111*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt               = 217,
2112*67e74705SXin Li 
2113*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's \@finally statement.
2114*67e74705SXin Li    */
2115*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt             = 218,
2116*67e74705SXin Li 
2117*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's \@throw statement.
2118*67e74705SXin Li    */
2119*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt               = 219,
2120*67e74705SXin Li 
2121*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
2122*67e74705SXin Li    */
2123*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt        = 220,
2124*67e74705SXin Li 
2125*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
2126*67e74705SXin Li    */
2127*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt       = 221,
2128*67e74705SXin Li 
2129*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Objective-C's collection statement.
2130*67e74705SXin Li    */
2131*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt         = 222,
2132*67e74705SXin Li 
2133*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s catch statement.
2134*67e74705SXin Li    */
2135*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt                  = 223,
2136*67e74705SXin Li 
2137*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s try statement.
2138*67e74705SXin Li    */
2139*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXTryStmt                    = 224,
2140*67e74705SXin Li 
2141*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief C++'s for (* : *) statement.
2142*67e74705SXin Li    */
2143*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt               = 225,
2144*67e74705SXin Li 
2145*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
2146*67e74705SXin Li    */
2147*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SEHTryStmt                    = 226,
2148*67e74705SXin Li 
2149*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
2150*67e74705SXin Li    */
2151*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt                 = 227,
2152*67e74705SXin Li 
2153*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
2154*67e74705SXin Li    */
2155*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt                = 228,
2156*67e74705SXin Li 
2157*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief A MS inline assembly statement extension.
2158*67e74705SXin Li    */
2159*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MSAsmStmt                     = 229,
2160*67e74705SXin Li 
2161*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
2162*67e74705SXin Li    *
2163*67e74705SXin Li    * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
2164*67e74705SXin Li    */
2165*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NullStmt                      = 230,
2166*67e74705SXin Li 
2167*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
2168*67e74705SXin Li    * expressions.
2169*67e74705SXin Li    */
2170*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DeclStmt                      = 231,
2171*67e74705SXin Li 
2172*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP parallel directive.
2173*67e74705SXin Li    */
2174*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective          = 232,
2175*67e74705SXin Li 
2176*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP SIMD directive.
2177*67e74705SXin Li    */
2178*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective              = 233,
2179*67e74705SXin Li 
2180*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP for directive.
2181*67e74705SXin Li    */
2182*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPForDirective               = 234,
2183*67e74705SXin Li 
2184*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP sections directive.
2185*67e74705SXin Li    */
2186*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective          = 235,
2187*67e74705SXin Li 
2188*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP section directive.
2189*67e74705SXin Li    */
2190*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective           = 236,
2191*67e74705SXin Li 
2192*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP single directive.
2193*67e74705SXin Li    */
2194*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective            = 237,
2195*67e74705SXin Li 
2196*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP parallel for directive.
2197*67e74705SXin Li    */
2198*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective       = 238,
2199*67e74705SXin Li 
2200*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP parallel sections directive.
2201*67e74705SXin Li    */
2202*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective  = 239,
2203*67e74705SXin Li 
2204*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP task directive.
2205*67e74705SXin Li    */
2206*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective              = 240,
2207*67e74705SXin Li 
2208*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP master directive.
2209*67e74705SXin Li    */
2210*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective            = 241,
2211*67e74705SXin Li 
2212*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP critical directive.
2213*67e74705SXin Li    */
2214*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective          = 242,
2215*67e74705SXin Li 
2216*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP taskyield directive.
2217*67e74705SXin Li    */
2218*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective         = 243,
2219*67e74705SXin Li 
2220*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP barrier directive.
2221*67e74705SXin Li    */
2222*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective           = 244,
2223*67e74705SXin Li 
2224*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP taskwait directive.
2225*67e74705SXin Li    */
2226*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective          = 245,
2227*67e74705SXin Li 
2228*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP flush directive.
2229*67e74705SXin Li    */
2230*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective             = 246,
2231*67e74705SXin Li 
2232*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
2233*67e74705SXin Li    */
2234*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt                  = 247,
2235*67e74705SXin Li 
2236*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP ordered directive.
2237*67e74705SXin Li    */
2238*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective           = 248,
2239*67e74705SXin Li 
2240*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP atomic directive.
2241*67e74705SXin Li    */
2242*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective            = 249,
2243*67e74705SXin Li 
2244*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP for SIMD directive.
2245*67e74705SXin Li    */
2246*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective           = 250,
2247*67e74705SXin Li 
2248*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
2249*67e74705SXin Li    */
2250*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective   = 251,
2251*67e74705SXin Li 
2252*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target directive.
2253*67e74705SXin Li    */
2254*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective            = 252,
2255*67e74705SXin Li 
2256*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP teams directive.
2257*67e74705SXin Li    */
2258*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective             = 253,
2259*67e74705SXin Li 
2260*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP taskgroup directive.
2261*67e74705SXin Li    */
2262*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective         = 254,
2263*67e74705SXin Li 
2264*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP cancellation point directive.
2265*67e74705SXin Li    */
2266*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective = 255,
2267*67e74705SXin Li 
2268*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP cancel directive.
2269*67e74705SXin Li    */
2270*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective            = 256,
2271*67e74705SXin Li 
2272*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target data directive.
2273*67e74705SXin Li    */
2274*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective        = 257,
2275*67e74705SXin Li 
2276*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP taskloop directive.
2277*67e74705SXin Li    */
2278*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective          = 258,
2279*67e74705SXin Li 
2280*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
2281*67e74705SXin Li    */
2282*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective      = 259,
2283*67e74705SXin Li 
2284*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP distribute directive.
2285*67e74705SXin Li    */
2286*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective        = 260,
2287*67e74705SXin Li 
2288*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target enter data directive.
2289*67e74705SXin Li    */
2290*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective   = 261,
2291*67e74705SXin Li 
2292*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target exit data directive.
2293*67e74705SXin Li    */
2294*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective    = 262,
2295*67e74705SXin Li 
2296*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target parallel directive.
2297*67e74705SXin Li    */
2298*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective    = 263,
2299*67e74705SXin Li 
2300*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target parallel for directive.
2301*67e74705SXin Li    */
2302*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective = 264,
2303*67e74705SXin Li 
2304*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target update directive.
2305*67e74705SXin Li    */
2306*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective      = 265,
2307*67e74705SXin Li 
2308*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
2309*67e74705SXin Li    */
2310*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective = 266,
2311*67e74705SXin Li 
2312*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
2313*67e74705SXin Li    */
2314*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 267,
2315*67e74705SXin Li 
2316*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP distribute simd directive.
2317*67e74705SXin Li    */
2318*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective = 268,
2319*67e74705SXin Li 
2320*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
2321*67e74705SXin Li    */
2322*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective = 269,
2323*67e74705SXin Li 
2324*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastStmt = CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective,
2325*67e74705SXin Li 
2326*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2327*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
2328*67e74705SXin Li    *
2329*67e74705SXin Li    * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2330*67e74705SXin Li    * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2331*67e74705SXin Li    */
2332*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TranslationUnit               = 300,
2333*67e74705SXin Li 
2334*67e74705SXin Li   /* Attributes */
2335*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstAttr                     = 400,
2336*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2337*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2338*67e74705SXin Li    * interface.
2339*67e74705SXin Li    */
2340*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_UnexposedAttr                 = 400,
2341*67e74705SXin Li 
2342*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IBActionAttr                  = 401,
2343*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IBOutletAttr                  = 402,
2344*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr        = 403,
2345*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr                  = 404,
2346*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr               = 405,
2347*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_AnnotateAttr                  = 406,
2348*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr                  = 407,
2349*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_PackedAttr                    = 408,
2350*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_PureAttr                      = 409,
2351*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ConstAttr                     = 410,
2352*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr               = 411,
2353*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr              = 412,
2354*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr                = 413,
2355*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr                = 414,
2356*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr                  = 415,
2357*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr                = 416,
2358*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_VisibilityAttr                = 417,
2359*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DLLExport                     = 418,
2360*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_DLLImport                     = 419,
2361*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastAttr                      = CXCursor_DLLImport,
2362*67e74705SXin Li 
2363*67e74705SXin Li   /* Preprocessing */
2364*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective        = 500,
2365*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MacroDefinition               = 501,
2366*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MacroExpansion                = 502,
2367*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_MacroInstantiation            = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
2368*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_InclusionDirective            = 503,
2369*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing            = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
2370*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastPreprocessing             = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2371*67e74705SXin Li 
2372*67e74705SXin Li   /* Extra Declarations */
2373*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2374*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A module import declaration.
2375*67e74705SXin Li    */
2376*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl              = 600,
2377*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl         = 601,
2378*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2379*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A static_assert or _Static_assert node
2380*67e74705SXin Li    */
2381*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_StaticAssert                  = 602,
2382*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl                = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
2383*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_LastExtraDecl                 = CXCursor_StaticAssert,
2384*67e74705SXin Li 
2385*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2386*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A code completion overload candidate.
2387*67e74705SXin Li    */
2388*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor_OverloadCandidate             = 700
2389*67e74705SXin Li };
2390*67e74705SXin Li 
2391*67e74705SXin Li /**
2392*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
2393*67e74705SXin Li  * a translation unit.
2394*67e74705SXin Li  *
2395*67e74705SXin Li  * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
2396*67e74705SXin Li  * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2397*67e74705SXin Li  * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2398*67e74705SXin Li  * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2399*67e74705SXin Li  * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2400*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2401*67e74705SXin Li  *
2402*67e74705SXin Li  * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2403*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2404*67e74705SXin Li  * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2405*67e74705SXin Li  * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2406*67e74705SXin Li  * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2407*67e74705SXin Li  * source code into the AST.
2408*67e74705SXin Li  */
2409*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
2410*67e74705SXin Li   enum CXCursorKind kind;
2411*67e74705SXin Li   int xdata;
2412*67e74705SXin Li   const void *data[3];
2413*67e74705SXin Li } CXCursor;
2414*67e74705SXin Li 
2415*67e74705SXin Li /**
2416*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2417*67e74705SXin Li  *
2418*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
2419*67e74705SXin Li  */
2420*67e74705SXin Li 
2421*67e74705SXin Li /**
2422*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
2423*67e74705SXin Li  */
2424*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
2425*67e74705SXin Li 
2426*67e74705SXin Li /**
2427*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
2428*67e74705SXin Li  *
2429*67e74705SXin Li  * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2430*67e74705SXin Li  * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2431*67e74705SXin Li  */
2432*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2433*67e74705SXin Li 
2434*67e74705SXin Li /**
2435*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
2436*67e74705SXin Li  */
2437*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
2438*67e74705SXin Li 
2439*67e74705SXin Li /**
2440*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
2441*67e74705SXin Li  */
2442*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
2443*67e74705SXin Li 
2444*67e74705SXin Li /**
2445*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
2446*67e74705SXin Li  */
2447*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
2448*67e74705SXin Li 
2449*67e74705SXin Li /**
2450*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
2451*67e74705SXin Li  */
2452*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2453*67e74705SXin Li 
2454*67e74705SXin Li /**
2455*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
2456*67e74705SXin Li  */
2457*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2458*67e74705SXin Li 
2459*67e74705SXin Li /**
2460*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
2461*67e74705SXin Li  * reference.
2462*67e74705SXin Li  *
2463*67e74705SXin Li  * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2464*67e74705SXin Li  * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2465*67e74705SXin Li  * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2466*67e74705SXin Li  */
2467*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2468*67e74705SXin Li 
2469*67e74705SXin Li /**
2470*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
2471*67e74705SXin Li  */
2472*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2473*67e74705SXin Li 
2474*67e74705SXin Li /**
2475*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
2476*67e74705SXin Li  */
2477*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2478*67e74705SXin Li 
2479*67e74705SXin Li /**
2480*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
2481*67e74705SXin Li  */
2482*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2483*67e74705SXin Li 
2484*67e74705SXin Li /**
2485*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
2486*67e74705SXin Li  */
2487*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C);
2488*67e74705SXin Li 
2489*67e74705SXin Li /**
2490*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
2491*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor.
2492*67e74705SXin Li  */
2493*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2494*67e74705SXin Li 
2495*67e74705SXin Li /**
2496*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
2497*67e74705SXin Li  * unit.
2498*67e74705SXin Li  */
2499*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
2500*67e74705SXin Li 
2501*67e74705SXin Li /***
2502*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
2503*67e74705SXin Li  * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2504*67e74705SXin Li  */
2505*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
2506*67e74705SXin Li 
2507*67e74705SXin Li /***
2508*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
2509*67e74705SXin Li  *  unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2510*67e74705SXin Li  */
2511*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2512*67e74705SXin Li 
2513*67e74705SXin Li /**
2514*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2515*67e74705SXin Li  */
2516*67e74705SXin Li enum CXLinkageKind {
2517*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This value indicates that no linkage information is available
2518*67e74705SXin Li    * for a provided CXCursor. */
2519*67e74705SXin Li   CXLinkage_Invalid,
2520*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2521*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
2522*67e74705SXin Li    *  have automatic storage.  This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2523*67e74705SXin Li    */
2524*67e74705SXin Li   CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
2525*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
2526*67e74705SXin Li   CXLinkage_Internal,
2527*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
2528*67e74705SXin Li    * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2529*67e74705SXin Li   CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
2530*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
2531*67e74705SXin Li   CXLinkage_External
2532*67e74705SXin Li };
2533*67e74705SXin Li 
2534*67e74705SXin Li /**
2535*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2536*67e74705SXin Li  */
2537*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2538*67e74705SXin Li 
2539*67e74705SXin Li enum CXVisibilityKind {
2540*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief This value indicates that no visibility information is available
2541*67e74705SXin Li    * for a provided CXCursor. */
2542*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisibility_Invalid,
2543*67e74705SXin Li 
2544*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Symbol not seen by the linker. */
2545*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisibility_Hidden,
2546*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
2547*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisibility_Protected,
2548*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
2549*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisibility_Default
2550*67e74705SXin Li };
2551*67e74705SXin Li 
2552*67e74705SXin Li /**
2553*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2554*67e74705SXin Li  *
2555*67e74705SXin Li  * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2556*67e74705SXin Li  * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2557*67e74705SXin Li  * commandline arguments.
2558*67e74705SXin Li  *
2559*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2560*67e74705SXin Li  *
2561*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2562*67e74705SXin Li  */
2563*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor);
2564*67e74705SXin Li 
2565*67e74705SXin Li /**
2566*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
2567*67e74705SXin Li  * taking the current target platform into account.
2568*67e74705SXin Li  *
2569*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2570*67e74705SXin Li  *
2571*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2572*67e74705SXin Li  */
2573*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
2574*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2575*67e74705SXin Li 
2576*67e74705SXin Li /**
2577*67e74705SXin Li  * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2578*67e74705SXin Li  * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2579*67e74705SXin Li  */
2580*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2581*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2582*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A string that describes the platform for which this structure
2583*67e74705SXin Li    * provides availability information.
2584*67e74705SXin Li    *
2585*67e74705SXin Li    * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
2586*67e74705SXin Li    */
2587*67e74705SXin Li   CXString Platform;
2588*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2589*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The version number in which this entity was introduced.
2590*67e74705SXin Li    */
2591*67e74705SXin Li   CXVersion Introduced;
2592*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2593*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
2594*67e74705SXin Li    * still available).
2595*67e74705SXin Li    */
2596*67e74705SXin Li   CXVersion Deprecated;
2597*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2598*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
2599*67e74705SXin Li    * is no longer available.
2600*67e74705SXin Li    */
2601*67e74705SXin Li   CXVersion Obsoleted;
2602*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2603*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
2604*67e74705SXin Li    */
2605*67e74705SXin Li   int Unavailable;
2606*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2607*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
2608*67e74705SXin Li    * suggest replacement APIs.
2609*67e74705SXin Li    */
2610*67e74705SXin Li   CXString Message;
2611*67e74705SXin Li } CXPlatformAvailability;
2612*67e74705SXin Li 
2613*67e74705SXin Li /**
2614*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
2615*67e74705SXin Li  * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2616*67e74705SXin Li  *
2617*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2618*67e74705SXin Li  *
2619*67e74705SXin Li  * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2620*67e74705SXin Li  * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2621*67e74705SXin Li  *
2622*67e74705SXin Li  * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2623*67e74705SXin Li  * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2624*67e74705SXin Li  * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2625*67e74705SXin Li  *
2626*67e74705SXin Li  * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2627*67e74705SXin Li  * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2628*67e74705SXin Li  *
2629*67e74705SXin Li  * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2630*67e74705SXin Li  * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
2631*67e74705SXin Li  * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2632*67e74705SXin Li  *
2633*67e74705SXin Li  * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2634*67e74705SXin Li  * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2635*67e74705SXin Li  * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2636*67e74705SXin Li  * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2637*67e74705SXin Li  *
2638*67e74705SXin Li  * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
2639*67e74705SXin Li  * \c availability array.
2640*67e74705SXin Li  *
2641*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2642*67e74705SXin Li  * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2643*67e74705SXin Li  *
2644*67e74705SXin Li  * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2645*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2646*67e74705SXin Li  * platform-availability structures returned. There are
2647*67e74705SXin Li  * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2648*67e74705SXin Li  */
2649*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int
2650*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
2651*67e74705SXin Li                                     int *always_deprecated,
2652*67e74705SXin Li                                     CXString *deprecated_message,
2653*67e74705SXin Li                                     int *always_unavailable,
2654*67e74705SXin Li                                     CXString *unavailable_message,
2655*67e74705SXin Li                                     CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
2656*67e74705SXin Li                                     int availability_size);
2657*67e74705SXin Li 
2658*67e74705SXin Li /**
2659*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
2660*67e74705SXin Li  */
2661*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2662*67e74705SXin Li clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
2663*67e74705SXin Li 
2664*67e74705SXin Li /**
2665*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2666*67e74705SXin Li  */
2667*67e74705SXin Li enum CXLanguageKind {
2668*67e74705SXin Li   CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
2669*67e74705SXin Li   CXLanguage_C,
2670*67e74705SXin Li   CXLanguage_ObjC,
2671*67e74705SXin Li   CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
2672*67e74705SXin Li };
2673*67e74705SXin Li 
2674*67e74705SXin Li /**
2675*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2676*67e74705SXin Li  */
2677*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2678*67e74705SXin Li 
2679*67e74705SXin Li /**
2680*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
2681*67e74705SXin Li  */
2682*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2683*67e74705SXin Li 
2684*67e74705SXin Li /**
2685*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
2686*67e74705SXin Li  */
2687*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2688*67e74705SXin Li 
2689*67e74705SXin Li /**
2690*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
2691*67e74705SXin Li  */
2692*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2693*67e74705SXin Li 
2694*67e74705SXin Li /**
2695*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
2696*67e74705SXin Li  */
2697*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2698*67e74705SXin Li 
2699*67e74705SXin Li /**
2700*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
2701*67e74705SXin Li  *
2702*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2703*67e74705SXin Li */
2704*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2705*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXCursor cursor);
2706*67e74705SXin Li 
2707*67e74705SXin Li /**
2708*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
2709*67e74705SXin Li  *
2710*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2711*67e74705SXin Li */
2712*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2713*67e74705SXin Li                                                  CXCursor cursor);
2714*67e74705SXin Li 
2715*67e74705SXin Li /**
2716*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
2717*67e74705SXin Li  *
2718*67e74705SXin Li  * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2719*67e74705SXin Li  * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2720*67e74705SXin Li  * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
2721*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2722*67e74705SXin Li  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2723*67e74705SXin Li  *
2724*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
2725*67e74705SXin Li  * class C {
2726*67e74705SXin Li  *  void f();
2727*67e74705SXin Li  * };
2728*67e74705SXin Li  *
2729*67e74705SXin Li  * void C::f() { }
2730*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
2731*67e74705SXin Li  *
2732*67e74705SXin Li  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2733*67e74705SXin Li  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2734*67e74705SXin Li  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2735*67e74705SXin Li  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2736*67e74705SXin Li  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2737*67e74705SXin Li  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2738*67e74705SXin Li  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2739*67e74705SXin Li  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2740*67e74705SXin Li  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2741*67e74705SXin Li  *
2742*67e74705SXin Li  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2743*67e74705SXin Li  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2744*67e74705SXin Li  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2745*67e74705SXin Li  *
2746*67e74705SXin Li  * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
2747*67e74705SXin Li  */
2748*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
2749*67e74705SXin Li 
2750*67e74705SXin Li /**
2751*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
2752*67e74705SXin Li  *
2753*67e74705SXin Li  * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
2754*67e74705SXin Li  * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2755*67e74705SXin Li  * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
2756*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2757*67e74705SXin Li  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2758*67e74705SXin Li  *
2759*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
2760*67e74705SXin Li  * class C {
2761*67e74705SXin Li  *  void f();
2762*67e74705SXin Li  * };
2763*67e74705SXin Li  *
2764*67e74705SXin Li  * void C::f() { }
2765*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
2766*67e74705SXin Li  *
2767*67e74705SXin Li  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2768*67e74705SXin Li  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2769*67e74705SXin Li  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2770*67e74705SXin Li  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2771*67e74705SXin Li  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2772*67e74705SXin Li  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2773*67e74705SXin Li  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2774*67e74705SXin Li  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2775*67e74705SXin Li  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2776*67e74705SXin Li  *
2777*67e74705SXin Li  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2778*67e74705SXin Li  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2779*67e74705SXin Li  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2780*67e74705SXin Li  *
2781*67e74705SXin Li  * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
2782*67e74705SXin Li  * the translation unit.
2783*67e74705SXin Li  */
2784*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
2785*67e74705SXin Li 
2786*67e74705SXin Li /**
2787*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
2788*67e74705SXin Li  * method.
2789*67e74705SXin Li  *
2790*67e74705SXin Li  * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
2791*67e74705SXin Li  * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
2792*67e74705SXin Li  * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
2793*67e74705SXin Li  * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
2794*67e74705SXin Li  * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
2795*67e74705SXin Li  * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
2796*67e74705SXin Li  * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
2797*67e74705SXin Li  * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
2798*67e74705SXin Li  * corresponding method in the interface.
2799*67e74705SXin Li  *
2800*67e74705SXin Li  * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
2801*67e74705SXin Li  * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
2802*67e74705SXin Li  * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
2803*67e74705SXin Li  * override several virtual member functions coming from different
2804*67e74705SXin Li  * base classes.
2805*67e74705SXin Li  *
2806*67e74705SXin Li  * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
2807*67e74705SXin Li  * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
2808*67e74705SXin Li  * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
2809*67e74705SXin Li  * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
2810*67e74705SXin Li  * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
2811*67e74705SXin Li  * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
2812*67e74705SXin Li  * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
2813*67e74705SXin Li  * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
2814*67e74705SXin Li  *
2815*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
2816*67e74705SXin Li  * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
2817*67e74705SXin Li  * method overrides.
2818*67e74705SXin Li  *
2819*67e74705SXin Li  * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
2820*67e74705SXin Li  * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
2821*67e74705SXin Li  * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
2822*67e74705SXin Li  * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
2823*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
2824*67e74705SXin Li  *
2825*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
2826*67e74705SXin Li  * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
2827*67e74705SXin Li  * array pointed to by \p overridden.
2828*67e74705SXin Li  */
2829*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
2830*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXCursor **overridden,
2831*67e74705SXin Li                                                unsigned *num_overridden);
2832*67e74705SXin Li 
2833*67e74705SXin Li /**
2834*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
2835*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
2836*67e74705SXin Li  */
2837*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
2838*67e74705SXin Li 
2839*67e74705SXin Li /**
2840*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
2841*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor.
2842*67e74705SXin Li  */
2843*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
2844*67e74705SXin Li 
2845*67e74705SXin Li /**
2846*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
2847*67e74705SXin Li  */
2848*67e74705SXin Li 
2849*67e74705SXin Li /**
2850*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
2851*67e74705SXin Li  *
2852*67e74705SXin Li  * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
2853*67e74705SXin Li  * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
2854*67e74705SXin Li  * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
2855*67e74705SXin Li  * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
2856*67e74705SXin Li  *
2857*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
2858*67e74705SXin Li  */
2859*67e74705SXin Li 
2860*67e74705SXin Li /**
2861*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
2862*67e74705SXin Li  * location in the source code.
2863*67e74705SXin Li  *
2864*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
2865*67e74705SXin Li  * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
2866*67e74705SXin Li  * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
2867*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
2868*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
2869*67e74705SXin Li  * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
2870*67e74705SXin Li  * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
2871*67e74705SXin Li  *
2872*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
2873*67e74705SXin Li  * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
2874*67e74705SXin Li  */
2875*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
2876*67e74705SXin Li 
2877*67e74705SXin Li /**
2878*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
2879*67e74705SXin Li  * by the given cursor.
2880*67e74705SXin Li  *
2881*67e74705SXin Li  * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
2882*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
2883*67e74705SXin Li  * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
2884*67e74705SXin Li  * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
2885*67e74705SXin Li  * source code.
2886*67e74705SXin Li  */
2887*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
2888*67e74705SXin Li 
2889*67e74705SXin Li /**
2890*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
2891*67e74705SXin Li  * the given cursor.
2892*67e74705SXin Li  *
2893*67e74705SXin Li  * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
2894*67e74705SXin Li  * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
2895*67e74705SXin Li  * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
2896*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
2897*67e74705SXin Li  * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
2898*67e74705SXin Li  * entity was actually used).
2899*67e74705SXin Li  */
2900*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
2901*67e74705SXin Li 
2902*67e74705SXin Li /**
2903*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
2904*67e74705SXin Li  */
2905*67e74705SXin Li 
2906*67e74705SXin Li /**
2907*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
2908*67e74705SXin Li  *
2909*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
2910*67e74705SXin Li  */
2911*67e74705SXin Li 
2912*67e74705SXin Li /**
2913*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the kind of type
2914*67e74705SXin Li  */
2915*67e74705SXin Li enum CXTypeKind {
2916*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2917*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
2918*67e74705SXin Li    */
2919*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Invalid = 0,
2920*67e74705SXin Li 
2921*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2922*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2923*67e74705SXin Li    * interface.
2924*67e74705SXin Li    */
2925*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Unexposed = 1,
2926*67e74705SXin Li 
2927*67e74705SXin Li   /* Builtin types */
2928*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Void = 2,
2929*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Bool = 3,
2930*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Char_U = 4,
2931*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_UChar = 5,
2932*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Char16 = 6,
2933*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Char32 = 7,
2934*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_UShort = 8,
2935*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_UInt = 9,
2936*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ULong = 10,
2937*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ULongLong = 11,
2938*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_UInt128 = 12,
2939*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Char_S = 13,
2940*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_SChar = 14,
2941*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_WChar = 15,
2942*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Short = 16,
2943*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Int = 17,
2944*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Long = 18,
2945*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_LongLong = 19,
2946*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Int128 = 20,
2947*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Float = 21,
2948*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Double = 22,
2949*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_LongDouble = 23,
2950*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_NullPtr = 24,
2951*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Overload = 25,
2952*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Dependent = 26,
2953*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ObjCId = 27,
2954*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
2955*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
2956*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Float128 = 30,
2957*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
2958*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_LastBuiltin  = CXType_ObjCSel,
2959*67e74705SXin Li 
2960*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Complex = 100,
2961*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Pointer = 101,
2962*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
2963*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_LValueReference = 103,
2964*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_RValueReference = 104,
2965*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Record = 105,
2966*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Enum = 106,
2967*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Typedef = 107,
2968*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
2969*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
2970*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
2971*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
2972*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
2973*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Vector = 113,
2974*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
2975*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_VariableArray = 115,
2976*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
2977*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_MemberPointer = 117,
2978*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Auto = 118,
2979*67e74705SXin Li 
2980*67e74705SXin Li   /**
2981*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
2982*67e74705SXin Li    *
2983*67e74705SXin Li    * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
2984*67e74705SXin Li    */
2985*67e74705SXin Li   CXType_Elaborated = 119
2986*67e74705SXin Li };
2987*67e74705SXin Li 
2988*67e74705SXin Li /**
2989*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the calling convention of a function type
2990*67e74705SXin Li  */
2991*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCallingConv {
2992*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
2993*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_C = 1,
2994*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
2995*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
2996*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
2997*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
2998*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
2999*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
3000*67e74705SXin Li   /* Value 8 was PnaclCall, but it was never used, so it could safely be re-used. */
3001*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
3002*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = 10,
3003*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
3004*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
3005*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_Swift = 13,
3006*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_PreserveMost = 14,
3007*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_PreserveAll = 15,
3008*67e74705SXin Li 
3009*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
3010*67e74705SXin Li   CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
3011*67e74705SXin Li };
3012*67e74705SXin Li 
3013*67e74705SXin Li /**
3014*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
3015*67e74705SXin Li  *
3016*67e74705SXin Li  */
3017*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
3018*67e74705SXin Li   enum CXTypeKind kind;
3019*67e74705SXin Li   void *data[2];
3020*67e74705SXin Li } CXType;
3021*67e74705SXin Li 
3022*67e74705SXin Li /**
3023*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
3024*67e74705SXin Li  */
3025*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
3026*67e74705SXin Li 
3027*67e74705SXin Li /**
3028*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
3029*67e74705SXin Li  * language of the translation unit from which it came.
3030*67e74705SXin Li  *
3031*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
3032*67e74705SXin Li  */
3033*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
3034*67e74705SXin Li 
3035*67e74705SXin Li /**
3036*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
3037*67e74705SXin Li  *
3038*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
3039*67e74705SXin Li  * returned.
3040*67e74705SXin Li  */
3041*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
3042*67e74705SXin Li 
3043*67e74705SXin Li /**
3044*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
3045*67e74705SXin Li  *
3046*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
3047*67e74705SXin Li  * returned.
3048*67e74705SXin Li  */
3049*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
3050*67e74705SXin Li 
3051*67e74705SXin Li /**
3052*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
3053*67e74705SXin Li  *  long long.
3054*67e74705SXin Li  *
3055*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
3056*67e74705SXin Li  * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3057*67e74705SXin Li  * must be verified before calling this function.
3058*67e74705SXin Li  */
3059*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
3060*67e74705SXin Li 
3061*67e74705SXin Li /**
3062*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
3063*67e74705SXin Li  *  long long.
3064*67e74705SXin Li  *
3065*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
3066*67e74705SXin Li  * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3067*67e74705SXin Li  * must be verified before calling this function.
3068*67e74705SXin Li  */
3069*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
3070*67e74705SXin Li 
3071*67e74705SXin Li /**
3072*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
3073*67e74705SXin Li  *
3074*67e74705SXin Li  * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
3075*67e74705SXin Li  */
3076*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
3077*67e74705SXin Li 
3078*67e74705SXin Li /**
3079*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
3080*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor.
3081*67e74705SXin Li  *
3082*67e74705SXin Li  * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
3083*67e74705SXin Li  * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
3084*67e74705SXin Li  */
3085*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
3086*67e74705SXin Li 
3087*67e74705SXin Li /**
3088*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
3089*67e74705SXin Li  *
3090*67e74705SXin Li  * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
3091*67e74705SXin Li  * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
3092*67e74705SXin Li  * invalid cursor is returned.
3093*67e74705SXin Li  */
3094*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
3095*67e74705SXin Li 
3096*67e74705SXin Li /**
3097*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes the kind of a template argument.
3098*67e74705SXin Li  *
3099*67e74705SXin Li  * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
3100*67e74705SXin Li  * element descriptions.
3101*67e74705SXin Li  */
3102*67e74705SXin Li enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
3103*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
3104*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
3105*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
3106*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
3107*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
3108*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
3109*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
3110*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
3111*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
3112*67e74705SXin Li   /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
3113*67e74705SXin Li   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
3114*67e74705SXin Li };
3115*67e74705SXin Li 
3116*67e74705SXin Li /**
3117*67e74705SXin Li  *\brief Returns the number of template args of a function decl representing a
3118*67e74705SXin Li  * template specialization.
3119*67e74705SXin Li  *
3120*67e74705SXin Li  * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
3121*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration, -1 is returned.
3122*67e74705SXin Li  *
3123*67e74705SXin Li  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3124*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3125*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo() { ... }
3126*67e74705SXin Li  *
3127*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <>
3128*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3129*67e74705SXin Li  *
3130*67e74705SXin Li  * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
3131*67e74705SXin Li  */
3132*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
3133*67e74705SXin Li 
3134*67e74705SXin Li /**
3135*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
3136*67e74705SXin Li  *
3137*67e74705SXin Li  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, an invalid
3138*67e74705SXin Li  * template argument kind is returned.
3139*67e74705SXin Li  *
3140*67e74705SXin Li  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3141*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3142*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo() { ... }
3143*67e74705SXin Li  *
3144*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <>
3145*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3146*67e74705SXin Li  *
3147*67e74705SXin Li  * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
3148*67e74705SXin Li  * respectively.
3149*67e74705SXin Li  */
3150*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(
3151*67e74705SXin Li     CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3152*67e74705SXin Li 
3153*67e74705SXin Li /**
3154*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
3155*67e74705SXin Li  *  function decl representing a template specialization.
3156*67e74705SXin Li  *
3157*67e74705SXin Li  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl whose I'th
3158*67e74705SXin Li  * template argument has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type
3159*67e74705SXin Li  * is returned.
3160*67e74705SXin Li  *
3161*67e74705SXin Li  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3162*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3163*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo() { ... }
3164*67e74705SXin Li  *
3165*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <>
3166*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3167*67e74705SXin Li  *
3168*67e74705SXin Li  * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3169*67e74705SXin Li  * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3170*67e74705SXin Li  */
3171*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
3172*67e74705SXin Li                                                            unsigned I);
3173*67e74705SXin Li 
3174*67e74705SXin Li /**
3175*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3176*67e74705SXin Li  *  decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3177*67e74705SXin Li  *
3178*67e74705SXin Li  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3179*67e74705SXin Li  * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3180*67e74705SXin Li  *
3181*67e74705SXin Li  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3182*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3183*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo() { ... }
3184*67e74705SXin Li  *
3185*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <>
3186*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3187*67e74705SXin Li  *
3188*67e74705SXin Li  * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3189*67e74705SXin Li  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3190*67e74705SXin Li  */
3191*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3192*67e74705SXin Li                                                                unsigned I);
3193*67e74705SXin Li 
3194*67e74705SXin Li /**
3195*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3196*67e74705SXin Li  *  decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3197*67e74705SXin Li  *
3198*67e74705SXin Li  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3199*67e74705SXin Li  * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3200*67e74705SXin Li  *
3201*67e74705SXin Li  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3202*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3203*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo() { ... }
3204*67e74705SXin Li  *
3205*67e74705SXin Li  *   template <>
3206*67e74705SXin Li  *   void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3207*67e74705SXin Li  *
3208*67e74705SXin Li  * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3209*67e74705SXin Li  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3210*67e74705SXin Li  */
3211*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(
3212*67e74705SXin Li     CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3213*67e74705SXin Li 
3214*67e74705SXin Li /**
3215*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
3216*67e74705SXin Li  *
3217*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3218*67e74705SXin Li  *          zero otherwise.
3219*67e74705SXin Li  */
3220*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3221*67e74705SXin Li 
3222*67e74705SXin Li /**
3223*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the canonical type for a CXType.
3224*67e74705SXin Li  *
3225*67e74705SXin Li  * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3226*67e74705SXin Li  * a specific type can be represented.  The canonical type is the underlying
3227*67e74705SXin Li  * type with all the "sugar" removed.  For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3228*67e74705SXin Li  * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3229*67e74705SXin Li  */
3230*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3231*67e74705SXin Li 
3232*67e74705SXin Li /**
3233*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
3234*67e74705SXin Li  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3235*67e74705SXin Li  * different level.
3236*67e74705SXin Li  */
3237*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3238*67e74705SXin Li 
3239*67e74705SXin Li /**
3240*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a macro, is
3241*67e74705SXin Li  * function like.
3242*67e74705SXin Li  */
3243*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C);
3244*67e74705SXin Li 
3245*67e74705SXin Li /**
3246*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a macro, is a
3247*67e74705SXin Li  * builtin one.
3248*67e74705SXin Li  */
3249*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C);
3250*67e74705SXin Li 
3251*67e74705SXin Li /**
3252*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
3253*67e74705SXin Li  * inline declaration.
3254*67e74705SXin Li  */
3255*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C);
3256*67e74705SXin Li 
3257*67e74705SXin Li /**
3258*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
3259*67e74705SXin Li  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3260*67e74705SXin Li  * a different level.
3261*67e74705SXin Li  */
3262*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3263*67e74705SXin Li 
3264*67e74705SXin Li /**
3265*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
3266*67e74705SXin Li  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3267*67e74705SXin Li  * different level.
3268*67e74705SXin Li  */
3269*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3270*67e74705SXin Li 
3271*67e74705SXin Li /**
3272*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
3273*67e74705SXin Li  */
3274*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3275*67e74705SXin Li 
3276*67e74705SXin Li /**
3277*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
3278*67e74705SXin Li  */
3279*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3280*67e74705SXin Li 
3281*67e74705SXin Li /**
3282*67e74705SXin Li  * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3283*67e74705SXin Li  */
3284*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
3285*67e74705SXin Li 
3286*67e74705SXin Li /**
3287*67e74705SXin Li  * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3288*67e74705SXin Li  */
3289*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type);
3290*67e74705SXin Li 
3291*67e74705SXin Li /**
3292*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
3293*67e74705SXin Li  */
3294*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3295*67e74705SXin Li 
3296*67e74705SXin Li /**
3297*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
3298*67e74705SXin Li  *
3299*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3300*67e74705SXin Li  */
3301*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3302*67e74705SXin Li 
3303*67e74705SXin Li /**
3304*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
3305*67e74705SXin Li  *
3306*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3307*67e74705SXin Li  */
3308*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3309*67e74705SXin Li 
3310*67e74705SXin Li /**
3311*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
3312*67e74705SXin Li  * function type.
3313*67e74705SXin Li  *
3314*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3315*67e74705SXin Li  */
3316*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
3317*67e74705SXin Li 
3318*67e74705SXin Li /**
3319*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
3320*67e74705SXin Li  *
3321*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3322*67e74705SXin Li  * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
3323*67e74705SXin Li  */
3324*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3325*67e74705SXin Li 
3326*67e74705SXin Li /**
3327*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
3328*67e74705SXin Li  */
3329*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3330*67e74705SXin Li 
3331*67e74705SXin Li /**
3332*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
3333*67e74705SXin Li  *
3334*67e74705SXin Li  * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3335*67e74705SXin Li  */
3336*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3337*67e74705SXin Li 
3338*67e74705SXin Li /**
3339*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
3340*67e74705SXin Li  *  otherwise.
3341*67e74705SXin Li  */
3342*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3343*67e74705SXin Li 
3344*67e74705SXin Li /**
3345*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
3346*67e74705SXin Li  *
3347*67e74705SXin Li  * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3348*67e74705SXin Li  * an invalid type is returned.
3349*67e74705SXin Li  */
3350*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3351*67e74705SXin Li 
3352*67e74705SXin Li /**
3353*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
3354*67e74705SXin Li  *
3355*67e74705SXin Li  * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3356*67e74705SXin Li  * -1 is returned.
3357*67e74705SXin Li  */
3358*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3359*67e74705SXin Li 
3360*67e74705SXin Li /**
3361*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the element type of an array type.
3362*67e74705SXin Li  *
3363*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3364*67e74705SXin Li  */
3365*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3366*67e74705SXin Li 
3367*67e74705SXin Li /**
3368*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the array size of a constant array.
3369*67e74705SXin Li  *
3370*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3371*67e74705SXin Li  */
3372*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3373*67e74705SXin Li 
3374*67e74705SXin Li /**
3375*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
3376*67e74705SXin Li  *
3377*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3378*67e74705SXin Li  */
3379*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T);
3380*67e74705SXin Li 
3381*67e74705SXin Li /**
3382*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
3383*67e74705SXin Li  *   \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3384*67e74705SXin Li  *   \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3385*67e74705SXin Li  *
3386*67e74705SXin Li  * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3387*67e74705SXin Li  * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3388*67e74705SXin Li  */
3389*67e74705SXin Li enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3390*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3391*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
3392*67e74705SXin Li    */
3393*67e74705SXin Li   CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3394*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3395*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The type is an incomplete Type.
3396*67e74705SXin Li    */
3397*67e74705SXin Li   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3398*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3399*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The type is a dependent Type.
3400*67e74705SXin Li    */
3401*67e74705SXin Li   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3402*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3403*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The type is not a constant size type.
3404*67e74705SXin Li    */
3405*67e74705SXin Li   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3406*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3407*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The Field name is not valid for this record.
3408*67e74705SXin Li    */
3409*67e74705SXin Li   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5
3410*67e74705SXin Li };
3411*67e74705SXin Li 
3412*67e74705SXin Li /**
3413*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
3414*67e74705SXin Li  *   standard.
3415*67e74705SXin Li  *
3416*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3417*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3418*67e74705SXin Li  *   is returned.
3419*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3420*67e74705SXin Li  *   returned.
3421*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3422*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3423*67e74705SXin Li  */
3424*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3425*67e74705SXin Li 
3426*67e74705SXin Li /**
3427*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the class type of an member pointer type.
3428*67e74705SXin Li  *
3429*67e74705SXin Li  * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3430*67e74705SXin Li  */
3431*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3432*67e74705SXin Li 
3433*67e74705SXin Li /**
3434*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
3435*67e74705SXin Li  *
3436*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3437*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3438*67e74705SXin Li  *   is returned.
3439*67e74705SXin Li  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3440*67e74705SXin Li  *   returned.
3441*67e74705SXin Li  */
3442*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3443*67e74705SXin Li 
3444*67e74705SXin Li /**
3445*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
3446*67e74705SXin Li  *   as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3447*67e74705SXin Li  *
3448*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3449*67e74705SXin Li  *   is returned.
3450*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3451*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3452*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3453*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3454*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's name S is not found,
3455*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3456*67e74705SXin Li  */
3457*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3458*67e74705SXin Li 
3459*67e74705SXin Li /**
3460*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
3461*67e74705SXin Li  *
3462*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3463*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3464*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3465*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3466*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3467*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3468*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3469*67e74705SXin Li  * If the field's name S is not found,
3470*67e74705SXin Li  *   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3471*67e74705SXin Li  */
3472*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C);
3473*67e74705SXin Li 
3474*67e74705SXin Li /**
3475*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
3476*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration.
3477*67e74705SXin Li  */
3478*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C);
3479*67e74705SXin Li 
3480*67e74705SXin Li enum CXRefQualifierKind {
3481*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief No ref-qualifier was provided. */
3482*67e74705SXin Li   CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
3483*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
3484*67e74705SXin Li   CXRefQualifier_LValue,
3485*67e74705SXin Li   /** \brief An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
3486*67e74705SXin Li   CXRefQualifier_RValue
3487*67e74705SXin Li };
3488*67e74705SXin Li 
3489*67e74705SXin Li /**
3490*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the number of template arguments for given class template
3491*67e74705SXin Li  * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a class template specialization.
3492*67e74705SXin Li  *
3493*67e74705SXin Li  * Variadic argument packs count as only one argument, and can not be inspected
3494*67e74705SXin Li  * further.
3495*67e74705SXin Li  */
3496*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3497*67e74705SXin Li 
3498*67e74705SXin Li /**
3499*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
3500*67e74705SXin Li  * at given index.
3501*67e74705SXin Li  *
3502*67e74705SXin Li  * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3503*67e74705SXin Li  * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3504*67e74705SXin Li  */
3505*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3506*67e74705SXin Li 
3507*67e74705SXin Li /**
3508*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
3509*67e74705SXin Li  *
3510*67e74705SXin Li  * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3511*67e74705SXin Li  * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3512*67e74705SXin Li  */
3513*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3514*67e74705SXin Li 
3515*67e74705SXin Li /**
3516*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
3517*67e74705SXin Li  *   bitfield.
3518*67e74705SXin Li  */
3519*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3520*67e74705SXin Li 
3521*67e74705SXin Li /**
3522*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
3523*67e74705SXin Li  *   CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3524*67e74705SXin Li  */
3525*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
3526*67e74705SXin Li 
3527*67e74705SXin Li /**
3528*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
3529*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3530*67e74705SXin Li  */
3531*67e74705SXin Li enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3532*67e74705SXin Li   CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3533*67e74705SXin Li   CX_CXXPublic,
3534*67e74705SXin Li   CX_CXXProtected,
3535*67e74705SXin Li   CX_CXXPrivate
3536*67e74705SXin Li };
3537*67e74705SXin Li 
3538*67e74705SXin Li /**
3539*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
3540*67e74705SXin Li  *
3541*67e74705SXin Li  * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within its
3542*67e74705SXin Li  * parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base specifier or
3543*67e74705SXin Li  * access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
3544*67e74705SXin Li  */
3545*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
3546*67e74705SXin Li 
3547*67e74705SXin Li /**
3548*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
3549*67e74705SXin Li  * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
3550*67e74705SXin Li  */
3551*67e74705SXin Li enum CX_StorageClass {
3552*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_Invalid,
3553*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_None,
3554*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_Extern,
3555*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_Static,
3556*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
3557*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
3558*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_Auto,
3559*67e74705SXin Li   CX_SC_Register
3560*67e74705SXin Li };
3561*67e74705SXin Li 
3562*67e74705SXin Li /**
3563*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
3564*67e74705SXin Li  *
3565*67e74705SXin Li  * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3566*67e74705SXin Li  * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3567*67e74705SXin Li  */
3568*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
3569*67e74705SXin Li 
3570*67e74705SXin Li /**
3571*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
3572*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3573*67e74705SXin Li  *
3574*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3575*67e74705SXin Li  *
3576*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3577*67e74705SXin Li  * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3578*67e74705SXin Li  */
3579*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
3580*67e74705SXin Li 
3581*67e74705SXin Li /**
3582*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
3583*67e74705SXin Li  * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3584*67e74705SXin Li  *
3585*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3586*67e74705SXin Li  *
3587*67e74705SXin Li  * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
3588*67e74705SXin Li  * the cursor.
3589*67e74705SXin Li  *
3590*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
3591*67e74705SXin Li  * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
3592*67e74705SXin Li  * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
3593*67e74705SXin Li  * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
3594*67e74705SXin Li  */
3595*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
3596*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned index);
3597*67e74705SXin Li 
3598*67e74705SXin Li /**
3599*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
3600*67e74705SXin Li  */
3601*67e74705SXin Li 
3602*67e74705SXin Li /**
3603*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
3604*67e74705SXin Li  *
3605*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
3606*67e74705SXin Li  */
3607*67e74705SXin Li 
3608*67e74705SXin Li /**
3609*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
3610*67e74705SXin Li  *  this function returns the collection element type.
3611*67e74705SXin Li  *
3612*67e74705SXin Li  */
3613*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
3614*67e74705SXin Li 
3615*67e74705SXin Li /**
3616*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
3617*67e74705SXin Li  */
3618*67e74705SXin Li 
3619*67e74705SXin Li /**
3620*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
3621*67e74705SXin Li  *
3622*67e74705SXin Li  * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
3623*67e74705SXin Li  * using cursors.
3624*67e74705SXin Li  *
3625*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
3626*67e74705SXin Li  */
3627*67e74705SXin Li 
3628*67e74705SXin Li /**
3629*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
3630*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
3631*67e74705SXin Li  *
3632*67e74705SXin Li  * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
3633*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
3634*67e74705SXin Li  */
3635*67e74705SXin Li enum CXChildVisitResult {
3636*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3637*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Terminates the cursor traversal.
3638*67e74705SXin Li    */
3639*67e74705SXin Li   CXChildVisit_Break,
3640*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3641*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
3642*67e74705SXin Li    * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
3643*67e74705SXin Li    */
3644*67e74705SXin Li   CXChildVisit_Continue,
3645*67e74705SXin Li   /**
3646*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
3647*67e74705SXin Li    * the same visitor and client data.
3648*67e74705SXin Li    */
3649*67e74705SXin Li   CXChildVisit_Recurse
3650*67e74705SXin Li };
3651*67e74705SXin Li 
3652*67e74705SXin Li /**
3653*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3654*67e74705SXin Li  *
3655*67e74705SXin Li  * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
3656*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3657*67e74705SXin Li  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
3658*67e74705SXin Li  * and its third argument is the client data provided to
3659*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_visitCursorChildren().
3660*67e74705SXin Li  *
3661*67e74705SXin Li  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3662*67e74705SXin Li  * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
3663*67e74705SXin Li  */
3664*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
3665*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXCursor parent,
3666*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXClientData client_data);
3667*67e74705SXin Li 
3668*67e74705SXin Li /**
3669*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visit the children of a particular cursor.
3670*67e74705SXin Li  *
3671*67e74705SXin Li  * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
3672*67e74705SXin Li  * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
3673*67e74705SXin Li  * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
3674*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
3675*67e74705SXin Li  * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3676*67e74705SXin Li  *
3677*67e74705SXin Li  * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
3678*67e74705SXin Li  * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
3679*67e74705SXin Li  * definition, have no children).
3680*67e74705SXin Li  *
3681*67e74705SXin Li  * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
3682*67e74705SXin Li  * child of \p parent.
3683*67e74705SXin Li  *
3684*67e74705SXin Li  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
3685*67e74705SXin Li  * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
3686*67e74705SXin Li  *
3687*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
3688*67e74705SXin Li  * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3689*67e74705SXin Li  */
3690*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
3691*67e74705SXin Li                                             CXCursorVisitor visitor,
3692*67e74705SXin Li                                             CXClientData client_data);
3693*67e74705SXin Li #ifdef __has_feature
3694*67e74705SXin Li #  if __has_feature(blocks)
3695*67e74705SXin Li /**
3696*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3697*67e74705SXin Li  *
3698*67e74705SXin Li  * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
3699*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3700*67e74705SXin Li  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
3701*67e74705SXin Li  *
3702*67e74705SXin Li  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3703*67e74705SXin Li  * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
3704*67e74705SXin Li  */
3705*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
3706*67e74705SXin Li      (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
3707*67e74705SXin Li 
3708*67e74705SXin Li /**
3709*67e74705SXin Li  * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block.  Behaves
3710*67e74705SXin Li  * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
3711*67e74705SXin Li  */
3712*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
3713*67e74705SXin Li                                                     CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
3714*67e74705SXin Li #  endif
3715*67e74705SXin Li #endif
3716*67e74705SXin Li 
3717*67e74705SXin Li /**
3718*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
3719*67e74705SXin Li  */
3720*67e74705SXin Li 
3721*67e74705SXin Li /**
3722*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
3723*67e74705SXin Li  *
3724*67e74705SXin Li  * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
3725*67e74705SXin Li  * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
3726*67e74705SXin Li  * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
3727*67e74705SXin Li  * and associate declarations with their definitions.
3728*67e74705SXin Li  *
3729*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
3730*67e74705SXin Li  */
3731*67e74705SXin Li 
3732*67e74705SXin Li /**
3733*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
3734*67e74705SXin Li  * by the given cursor.
3735*67e74705SXin Li  *
3736*67e74705SXin Li  * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
3737*67e74705SXin Li  * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
3738*67e74705SXin Li  * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
3739*67e74705SXin Li  * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
3740*67e74705SXin Li  */
3741*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
3742*67e74705SXin Li 
3743*67e74705SXin Li /**
3744*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
3745*67e74705SXin Li  */
3746*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
3747*67e74705SXin Li 
3748*67e74705SXin Li /**
3749*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
3750*67e74705SXin Li  */
3751*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
3752*67e74705SXin Li   clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
3753*67e74705SXin Li                                  const char *category_name);
3754*67e74705SXin Li 
3755*67e74705SXin Li /**
3756*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
3757*67e74705SXin Li  */
3758*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
3759*67e74705SXin Li   clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
3760*67e74705SXin Li 
3761*67e74705SXin Li /**
3762*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
3763*67e74705SXin Li  *   the USR for its containing class.
3764*67e74705SXin Li  */
3765*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
3766*67e74705SXin Li                                                     CXString classUSR);
3767*67e74705SXin Li 
3768*67e74705SXin Li /**
3769*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
3770*67e74705SXin Li  *   the USR for its containing class.
3771*67e74705SXin Li  */
3772*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
3773*67e74705SXin Li                                                       unsigned isInstanceMethod,
3774*67e74705SXin Li                                                       CXString classUSR);
3775*67e74705SXin Li 
3776*67e74705SXin Li /**
3777*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
3778*67e74705SXin Li  *  for its containing class.
3779*67e74705SXin Li  */
3780*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
3781*67e74705SXin Li                                                         CXString classUSR);
3782*67e74705SXin Li 
3783*67e74705SXin Li /**
3784*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3785*67e74705SXin Li  */
3786*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
3787*67e74705SXin Li 
3788*67e74705SXin Li /**
3789*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
3790*67e74705SXin Li  * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
3791*67e74705SXin Li  * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
3792*67e74705SXin Li  * pieces for each selector identifier.
3793*67e74705SXin Li  *
3794*67e74705SXin Li  * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
3795*67e74705SXin Li  * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
3796*67e74705SXin Li  *
3797*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options Reserved.
3798*67e74705SXin Li  */
3799*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
3800*67e74705SXin Li                                                           unsigned pieceIndex,
3801*67e74705SXin Li                                                           unsigned options);
3802*67e74705SXin Li 
3803*67e74705SXin Li /**
3804*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3805*67e74705SXin Li  *
3806*67e74705SXin Li  * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
3807*67e74705SXin Li  * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
3808*67e74705SXin Li  * class template specialization.
3809*67e74705SXin Li  */
3810*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
3811*67e74705SXin Li 
3812*67e74705SXin Li /** \brief For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
3813*67e74705SXin Li  * entity that it references.
3814*67e74705SXin Li  *
3815*67e74705SXin Li  * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
3816*67e74705SXin Li  * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
3817*67e74705SXin Li  * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
3818*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
3819*67e74705SXin Li  * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
3820*67e74705SXin Li  * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
3821*67e74705SXin Li  */
3822*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
3823*67e74705SXin Li 
3824*67e74705SXin Li /**
3825*67e74705SXin Li  *  \brief For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
3826*67e74705SXin Li  *  of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
3827*67e74705SXin Li  *  that entity.
3828*67e74705SXin Li  *
3829*67e74705SXin Li  *  Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
3830*67e74705SXin Li  *  unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
3831*67e74705SXin Li  *  definition. For example, given:
3832*67e74705SXin Li  *
3833*67e74705SXin Li  *  \code
3834*67e74705SXin Li  *  int f(int, int);
3835*67e74705SXin Li  *  int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
3836*67e74705SXin Li  *  int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
3837*67e74705SXin Li  *  int f(int, int);
3838*67e74705SXin Li  *  \endcode
3839*67e74705SXin Li  *
3840*67e74705SXin Li  *  there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
3841*67e74705SXin Li  *  second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
3842*67e74705SXin Li  *  function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
3843*67e74705SXin Li  *  (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
3844*67e74705SXin Li  *  that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
3845*67e74705SXin Li  *  declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
3846*67e74705SXin Li  *  declaration).
3847*67e74705SXin Li  *
3848*67e74705SXin Li  *  If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
3849*67e74705SXin Li  *  e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
3850*67e74705SXin Li  *  translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
3851*67e74705SXin Li  */
3852*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3853*67e74705SXin Li 
3854*67e74705SXin Li /**
3855*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
3856*67e74705SXin Li  * is also a definition of that entity.
3857*67e74705SXin Li  */
3858*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3859*67e74705SXin Li 
3860*67e74705SXin Li /**
3861*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
3862*67e74705SXin Li  *
3863*67e74705SXin Li  * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
3864*67e74705SXin Li  * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
3865*67e74705SXin Li  * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
3866*67e74705SXin Li  *
3867*67e74705SXin Li  * \code
3868*67e74705SXin Li  * struct X;
3869*67e74705SXin Li  * struct X;
3870*67e74705SXin Li  * struct X {
3871*67e74705SXin Li  *   int member;
3872*67e74705SXin Li  * };
3873*67e74705SXin Li  * \endcode
3874*67e74705SXin Li  *
3875*67e74705SXin Li  * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
3876*67e74705SXin Li  * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
3877*67e74705SXin Li  * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
3878*67e74705SXin Li  * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
3879*67e74705SXin Li  * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
3880*67e74705SXin Li  * comparing their canonical cursors.
3881*67e74705SXin Li  *
3882*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
3883*67e74705SXin Li  */
3884*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
3885*67e74705SXin Li 
3886*67e74705SXin Li /**
3887*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
3888*67e74705SXin Li  * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
3889*67e74705SXin Li  *
3890*67e74705SXin Li  * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
3891*67e74705SXin Li  * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
3892*67e74705SXin Li  *
3893*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
3894*67e74705SXin Li  * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
3895*67e74705SXin Li  * otherwise.
3896*67e74705SXin Li  */
3897*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
3898*67e74705SXin Li 
3899*67e74705SXin Li /**
3900*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
3901*67e74705SXin Li  * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
3902*67e74705SXin Li  *
3903*67e74705SXin Li  * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
3904*67e74705SXin Li  * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
3905*67e74705SXin Li  * or a specific class.
3906*67e74705SXin Li  *
3907*67e74705SXin Li  * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
3908*67e74705SXin Li  * method/message, it will return zero.
3909*67e74705SXin Li  */
3910*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
3911*67e74705SXin Li 
3912*67e74705SXin Li /**
3913*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message, returns the CXType
3914*67e74705SXin Li  * of the receiver.
3915*67e74705SXin Li  */
3916*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
3917*67e74705SXin Li 
3918*67e74705SXin Li /**
3919*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
3920*67e74705SXin Li  */
3921*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
3922*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr    = 0x00,
3923*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly  = 0x01,
3924*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter    = 0x02,
3925*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign    = 0x04,
3926*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
3927*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain    = 0x10,
3928*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy      = 0x20,
3929*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
3930*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter    = 0x80,
3931*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic    = 0x100,
3932*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak      = 0x200,
3933*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong    = 0x400,
3934*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
3935*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCPropertyAttr_class = 0x1000
3936*67e74705SXin Li } CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
3937*67e74705SXin Li 
3938*67e74705SXin Li /**
3939*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
3940*67e74705SXin Li  * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
3941*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
3942*67e74705SXin Li  *
3943*67e74705SXin Li  * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
3944*67e74705SXin Li  */
3945*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C,
3946*67e74705SXin Li                                                              unsigned reserved);
3947*67e74705SXin Li 
3948*67e74705SXin Li /**
3949*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
3950*67e74705SXin Li  * Objective-C method declarations.
3951*67e74705SXin Li  */
3952*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
3953*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
3954*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
3955*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
3956*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
3957*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
3958*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
3959*67e74705SXin Li   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
3960*67e74705SXin Li } CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
3961*67e74705SXin Li 
3962*67e74705SXin Li /**
3963*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
3964*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
3965*67e74705SXin Li  * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
3966*67e74705SXin Li  * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
3967*67e74705SXin Li  */
3968*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
3969*67e74705SXin Li 
3970*67e74705SXin Li /**
3971*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
3972*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "@optional".
3973*67e74705SXin Li  * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "@required".
3974*67e74705SXin Li  */
3975*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
3976*67e74705SXin Li 
3977*67e74705SXin Li /**
3978*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
3979*67e74705SXin Li  */
3980*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
3981*67e74705SXin Li 
3982*67e74705SXin Li /**
3983*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
3984*67e74705SXin Li  * comment's source range.  The range may include multiple consecutive comments
3985*67e74705SXin Li  * with whitespace in between.
3986*67e74705SXin Li  */
3987*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
3988*67e74705SXin Li 
3989*67e74705SXin Li /**
3990*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
3991*67e74705SXin Li  * comment text, including comment markers.
3992*67e74705SXin Li  */
3993*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
3994*67e74705SXin Li 
3995*67e74705SXin Li /**
3996*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
3997*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration), return the associated \\brief paragraph; otherwise return the
3998*67e74705SXin Li  * first paragraph.
3999*67e74705SXin Li  */
4000*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
4001*67e74705SXin Li 
4002*67e74705SXin Li /**
4003*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4004*67e74705SXin Li  */
4005*67e74705SXin Li 
4006*67e74705SXin Li /** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4007*67e74705SXin Li  *
4008*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4009*67e74705SXin Li  */
4010*67e74705SXin Li 
4011*67e74705SXin Li /**
4012*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
4013*67e74705SXin Li  */
4014*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
4015*67e74705SXin Li 
4016*67e74705SXin Li /**
4017*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
4018*67e74705SXin Li  * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4019*67e74705SXin Li  */
4020*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor);
4021*67e74705SXin Li 
4022*67e74705SXin Li /**
4023*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4024*67e74705SXin Li  */
4025*67e74705SXin Li 
4026*67e74705SXin Li /**
4027*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4028*67e74705SXin Li  *
4029*67e74705SXin Li  * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4030*67e74705SXin Li  *
4031*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4032*67e74705SXin Li  */
4033*67e74705SXin Li 
4034*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXModule;
4035*67e74705SXin Li 
4036*67e74705SXin Li /**
4037*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
4038*67e74705SXin Li  */
4039*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
4040*67e74705SXin Li 
4041*67e74705SXin Li /**
4042*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
4043*67e74705SXin Li  * exists.
4044*67e74705SXin Li  */
4045*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
4046*67e74705SXin Li 
4047*67e74705SXin Li /**
4048*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4049*67e74705SXin Li  *
4050*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4051*67e74705SXin Li  */
4052*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
4053*67e74705SXin Li 
4054*67e74705SXin Li /**
4055*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4056*67e74705SXin Li  *
4057*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4058*67e74705SXin Li  * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4059*67e74705SXin Li  */
4060*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
4061*67e74705SXin Li 
4062*67e74705SXin Li /**
4063*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4064*67e74705SXin Li  *
4065*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4066*67e74705SXin Li  * will return "vector".
4067*67e74705SXin Li  */
4068*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
4069*67e74705SXin Li 
4070*67e74705SXin Li /**
4071*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4072*67e74705SXin Li  *
4073*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4074*67e74705SXin Li  */
4075*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
4076*67e74705SXin Li 
4077*67e74705SXin Li /**
4078*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4079*67e74705SXin Li  *
4080*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4081*67e74705SXin Li  */
4082*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
4083*67e74705SXin Li 
4084*67e74705SXin Li /**
4085*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4086*67e74705SXin Li  *
4087*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4088*67e74705SXin Li  */
4089*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
4090*67e74705SXin Li                                                            CXModule Module);
4091*67e74705SXin Li 
4092*67e74705SXin Li /**
4093*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Module a module object.
4094*67e74705SXin Li  *
4095*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4096*67e74705SXin Li  *
4097*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4098*67e74705SXin Li  */
4099*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
4100*67e74705SXin Li CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
4101*67e74705SXin Li                                       CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
4102*67e74705SXin Li 
4103*67e74705SXin Li /**
4104*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4105*67e74705SXin Li  */
4106*67e74705SXin Li 
4107*67e74705SXin Li /**
4108*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4109*67e74705SXin Li  *
4110*67e74705SXin Li  * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4111*67e74705SXin Li  * to C++ language features.
4112*67e74705SXin Li  *
4113*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4114*67e74705SXin Li  */
4115*67e74705SXin Li 
4116*67e74705SXin Li /**
4117*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
4118*67e74705SXin Li  */
4119*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C);
4120*67e74705SXin Li 
4121*67e74705SXin Li /**
4122*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
4123*67e74705SXin Li  */
4124*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C);
4125*67e74705SXin Li 
4126*67e74705SXin Li /**
4127*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
4128*67e74705SXin Li  */
4129*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C);
4130*67e74705SXin Li 
4131*67e74705SXin Li /**
4132*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
4133*67e74705SXin Li  */
4134*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C);
4135*67e74705SXin Li 
4136*67e74705SXin Li /**
4137*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
4138*67e74705SXin Li  */
4139*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C);
4140*67e74705SXin Li 
4141*67e74705SXin Li /**
4142*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
4143*67e74705SXin Li  */
4144*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C);
4145*67e74705SXin Li 
4146*67e74705SXin Li /**
4147*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4148*67e74705SXin Li  * pure virtual.
4149*67e74705SXin Li  */
4150*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
4151*67e74705SXin Li 
4152*67e74705SXin Li /**
4153*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4154*67e74705SXin Li  * declared 'static'.
4155*67e74705SXin Li  */
4156*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
4157*67e74705SXin Li 
4158*67e74705SXin Li /**
4159*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4160*67e74705SXin Li  * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4161*67e74705SXin Li  * one of the base classes.
4162*67e74705SXin Li  */
4163*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
4164*67e74705SXin Li 
4165*67e74705SXin Li /**
4166*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4167*67e74705SXin Li  * declared 'const'.
4168*67e74705SXin Li  */
4169*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
4170*67e74705SXin Li 
4171*67e74705SXin Li /**
4172*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
4173*67e74705SXin Li  * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4174*67e74705SXin Li  * the template.
4175*67e74705SXin Li  *
4176*67e74705SXin Li  * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4177*67e74705SXin Li  * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4178*67e74705SXin Li  * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4179*67e74705SXin Li  * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4180*67e74705SXin Li  *
4181*67e74705SXin Li  * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4182*67e74705SXin Li  * declaration.
4183*67e74705SXin Li  *
4184*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4185*67e74705SXin Li  * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4186*67e74705SXin Li  * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4187*67e74705SXin Li  */
4188*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
4189*67e74705SXin Li 
4190*67e74705SXin Li /**
4191*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
4192*67e74705SXin Li  * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4193*67e74705SXin Li  * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4194*67e74705SXin Li  *
4195*67e74705SXin Li  * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
4196*67e74705SXin Li  * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4197*67e74705SXin Li  * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
4198*67e74705SXin Li  * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
4199*67e74705SXin Li  * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4200*67e74705SXin Li  * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4201*67e74705SXin Li  * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4202*67e74705SXin Li  * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4203*67e74705SXin Li  * this routine will return the specialized template.
4204*67e74705SXin Li  *
4205*67e74705SXin Li  * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
4206*67e74705SXin Li  * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
4207*67e74705SXin Li  * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4208*67e74705SXin Li  * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4209*67e74705SXin Li  * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4210*67e74705SXin Li  *
4211*67e74705SXin Li  * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4212*67e74705SXin Li  * of a template.
4213*67e74705SXin Li  *
4214*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
4215*67e74705SXin Li  * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4216*67e74705SXin Li  * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4217*67e74705SXin Li  */
4218*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
4219*67e74705SXin Li 
4220*67e74705SXin Li /**
4221*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
4222*67e74705SXin Li  * covering that reference.
4223*67e74705SXin Li  *
4224*67e74705SXin Li  * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4225*67e74705SXin Li  * an operator call.
4226*67e74705SXin Li  * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
4227*67e74705SXin Li  * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4228*67e74705SXin Li  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4229*67e74705SXin Li  * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4230*67e74705SXin Li  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
4231*67e74705SXin Li  * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
4232*67e74705SXin Li  * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
4233*67e74705SXin Li  * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4234*67e74705SXin Li  *
4235*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4236*67e74705SXin Li  * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4237*67e74705SXin Li  */
4238*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
4239*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned NameFlags,
4240*67e74705SXin Li                                                 unsigned PieceIndex);
4241*67e74705SXin Li 
4242*67e74705SXin Li enum CXNameRefFlags {
4243*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4244*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
4245*67e74705SXin Li    * range.
4246*67e74705SXin Li    */
4247*67e74705SXin Li   CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
4248*67e74705SXin Li 
4249*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4250*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
4251*67e74705SXin Li    * in the range.
4252*67e74705SXin Li    */
4253*67e74705SXin Li   CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4254*67e74705SXin Li 
4255*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4256*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
4257*67e74705SXin Li    *
4258*67e74705SXin Li    * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4259*67e74705SXin Li    * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4260*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
4261*67e74705SXin Li    * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
4262*67e74705SXin Li    * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4263*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
4264*67e74705SXin Li    */
4265*67e74705SXin Li   CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4266*67e74705SXin Li };
4267*67e74705SXin Li 
4268*67e74705SXin Li /**
4269*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4270*67e74705SXin Li  */
4271*67e74705SXin Li 
4272*67e74705SXin Li /**
4273*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4274*67e74705SXin Li  *
4275*67e74705SXin Li  * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4276*67e74705SXin Li  * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4277*67e74705SXin Li  * their corresponding cursors.
4278*67e74705SXin Li  *
4279*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4280*67e74705SXin Li  */
4281*67e74705SXin Li 
4282*67e74705SXin Li /**
4283*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes a kind of token.
4284*67e74705SXin Li  */
4285*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4286*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4287*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
4288*67e74705SXin Li    */
4289*67e74705SXin Li   CXToken_Punctuation,
4290*67e74705SXin Li 
4291*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4292*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A language keyword.
4293*67e74705SXin Li    */
4294*67e74705SXin Li   CXToken_Keyword,
4295*67e74705SXin Li 
4296*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4297*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An identifier (that is not a keyword).
4298*67e74705SXin Li    */
4299*67e74705SXin Li   CXToken_Identifier,
4300*67e74705SXin Li 
4301*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4302*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A numeric, string, or character literal.
4303*67e74705SXin Li    */
4304*67e74705SXin Li   CXToken_Literal,
4305*67e74705SXin Li 
4306*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4307*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A comment.
4308*67e74705SXin Li    */
4309*67e74705SXin Li   CXToken_Comment
4310*67e74705SXin Li } CXTokenKind;
4311*67e74705SXin Li 
4312*67e74705SXin Li /**
4313*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes a single preprocessing token.
4314*67e74705SXin Li  */
4315*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
4316*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned int_data[4];
4317*67e74705SXin Li   void *ptr_data;
4318*67e74705SXin Li } CXToken;
4319*67e74705SXin Li 
4320*67e74705SXin Li /**
4321*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the kind of the given token.
4322*67e74705SXin Li  */
4323*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
4324*67e74705SXin Li 
4325*67e74705SXin Li /**
4326*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the spelling of the given token.
4327*67e74705SXin Li  *
4328*67e74705SXin Li  * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4329*67e74705SXin Li  * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4330*67e74705SXin Li  */
4331*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4332*67e74705SXin Li 
4333*67e74705SXin Li /**
4334*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given token.
4335*67e74705SXin Li  */
4336*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
4337*67e74705SXin Li                                                        CXToken);
4338*67e74705SXin Li 
4339*67e74705SXin Li /**
4340*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
4341*67e74705SXin Li  */
4342*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4343*67e74705SXin Li 
4344*67e74705SXin Li /**
4345*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
4346*67e74705SXin Li  * lexical tokens.
4347*67e74705SXin Li  *
4348*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4349*67e74705SXin Li  *
4350*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4351*67e74705SXin Li  * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4352*67e74705SXin Li  *
4353*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4354*67e74705SXin Li  * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4355*67e74705SXin Li  * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4356*67e74705SXin Li  *
4357*67e74705SXin Li  * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4358*67e74705SXin Li  * array.
4359*67e74705SXin Li  *
4360*67e74705SXin Li  */
4361*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4362*67e74705SXin Li                                    CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
4363*67e74705SXin Li 
4364*67e74705SXin Li /**
4365*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
4366*67e74705SXin Li  * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4367*67e74705SXin Li  *
4368*67e74705SXin Li  * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4369*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4370*67e74705SXin Li  * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4371*67e74705SXin Li  * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4372*67e74705SXin Li  * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4373*67e74705SXin Li  * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4374*67e74705SXin Li  *
4375*67e74705SXin Li  *   * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4376*67e74705SXin Li  *   * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4377*67e74705SXin Li  *   * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4378*67e74705SXin Li  *
4379*67e74705SXin Li  * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4380*67e74705SXin Li  * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4381*67e74705SXin Li  * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4382*67e74705SXin Li  * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4383*67e74705SXin Li  * not provided as an annotation.
4384*67e74705SXin Li  *
4385*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4386*67e74705SXin Li  *
4387*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4388*67e74705SXin Li  *
4389*67e74705SXin Li  * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4390*67e74705SXin Li  *
4391*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4392*67e74705SXin Li  * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4393*67e74705SXin Li  */
4394*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4395*67e74705SXin Li                                          CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
4396*67e74705SXin Li                                          CXCursor *Cursors);
4397*67e74705SXin Li 
4398*67e74705SXin Li /**
4399*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Free the given set of tokens.
4400*67e74705SXin Li  */
4401*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4402*67e74705SXin Li                                         CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
4403*67e74705SXin Li 
4404*67e74705SXin Li /**
4405*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4406*67e74705SXin Li  */
4407*67e74705SXin Li 
4408*67e74705SXin Li /**
4409*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
4410*67e74705SXin Li  *
4411*67e74705SXin Li  * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
4412*67e74705SXin Li  * be relied upon.
4413*67e74705SXin Li  *
4414*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4415*67e74705SXin Li  */
4416*67e74705SXin Li 
4417*67e74705SXin Li /* for debug/testing */
4418*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
4419*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
4420*67e74705SXin Li                                           const char **startBuf,
4421*67e74705SXin Li                                           const char **endBuf,
4422*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *startLine,
4423*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *startColumn,
4424*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *endLine,
4425*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned *endColumn);
4426*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
4427*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
4428*67e74705SXin Li                                           unsigned stack_size);
4429*67e74705SXin Li 
4430*67e74705SXin Li /**
4431*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
4432*67e74705SXin Li  */
4433*67e74705SXin Li 
4434*67e74705SXin Li /**
4435*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
4436*67e74705SXin Li  *
4437*67e74705SXin Li  * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
4438*67e74705SXin Li  * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
4439*67e74705SXin Li  * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
4440*67e74705SXin Li  * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
4441*67e74705SXin Li  * routines provide support for code completion.
4442*67e74705SXin Li  *
4443*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
4444*67e74705SXin Li  */
4445*67e74705SXin Li 
4446*67e74705SXin Li /**
4447*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
4448*67e74705SXin Li  *
4449*67e74705SXin Li  * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
4450*67e74705SXin Li  * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
4451*67e74705SXin Li  * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
4452*67e74705SXin Li  * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
4453*67e74705SXin Li  * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
4454*67e74705SXin Li  * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
4455*67e74705SXin Li  * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
4456*67e74705SXin Li  * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
4457*67e74705SXin Li  * description of the different kinds of chunks.
4458*67e74705SXin Li  */
4459*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXCompletionString;
4460*67e74705SXin Li 
4461*67e74705SXin Li /**
4462*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A single result of code completion.
4463*67e74705SXin Li  */
4464*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
4465*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4466*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
4467*67e74705SXin Li    *
4468*67e74705SXin Li    * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
4469*67e74705SXin Li    * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
4470*67e74705SXin Li    * referring to.
4471*67e74705SXin Li    *
4472*67e74705SXin Li    * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
4473*67e74705SXin Li    * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
4474*67e74705SXin Li    */
4475*67e74705SXin Li   enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
4476*67e74705SXin Li 
4477*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4478*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
4479*67e74705SXin Li    * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
4480*67e74705SXin Li    */
4481*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionString CompletionString;
4482*67e74705SXin Li } CXCompletionResult;
4483*67e74705SXin Li 
4484*67e74705SXin Li /**
4485*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
4486*67e74705SXin Li  *
4487*67e74705SXin Li  * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
4488*67e74705SXin Li  * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
4489*67e74705SXin Li  * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
4490*67e74705SXin Li  */
4491*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
4492*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4493*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
4494*67e74705SXin Li    * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
4495*67e74705SXin Li    *
4496*67e74705SXin Li    * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
4497*67e74705SXin Li    * string for its representation, which is accessible via
4498*67e74705SXin Li    * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
4499*67e74705SXin Li    * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
4500*67e74705SXin Li    * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
4501*67e74705SXin Li    * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
4502*67e74705SXin Li    *
4503*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
4504*67e74705SXin Li    * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
4505*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
4506*67e74705SXin Li    *
4507*67e74705SXin Li    * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
4508*67e74705SXin Li    *   - a TypedText chunk for "f".
4509*67e74705SXin Li    *   - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
4510*67e74705SXin Li    *   - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
4511*67e74705SXin Li    *   - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
4512*67e74705SXin Li    *       - a Comma chunk for ","
4513*67e74705SXin Li    *       - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
4514*67e74705SXin Li    *       - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
4515*67e74705SXin Li    *           - a Comma chunk for ","
4516*67e74705SXin Li    *           - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
4517*67e74705SXin Li    *   - a RightParen chunk for ")"
4518*67e74705SXin Li    *
4519*67e74705SXin Li    * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
4520*67e74705SXin Li    *   - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4521*67e74705SXin Li    *     function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
4522*67e74705SXin Li    *   - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4523*67e74705SXin Li    *     function "f" would have all of the parameters.
4524*67e74705SXin Li    */
4525*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
4526*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4527*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
4528*67e74705SXin Li    * code-completion result.
4529*67e74705SXin Li    *
4530*67e74705SXin Li    * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
4531*67e74705SXin Li    * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
4532*67e74705SXin Li    * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
4533*67e74705SXin Li    * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
4534*67e74705SXin Li    * chunk.
4535*67e74705SXin Li    */
4536*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
4537*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4538*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
4539*67e74705SXin Li    *
4540*67e74705SXin Li    * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
4541*67e74705SXin Li    * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
4542*67e74705SXin Li    * be selected.
4543*67e74705SXin Li    */
4544*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Text,
4545*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4546*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
4547*67e74705SXin Li    *
4548*67e74705SXin Li    * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
4549*67e74705SXin Li    * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
4550*67e74705SXin Li    * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
4551*67e74705SXin Li    * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
4552*67e74705SXin Li    * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
4553*67e74705SXin Li    * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
4554*67e74705SXin Li    */
4555*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
4556*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4557*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
4558*67e74705SXin Li    * part of the template.
4559*67e74705SXin Li    *
4560*67e74705SXin Li    * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
4561*67e74705SXin Li    * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
4562*67e74705SXin Li    * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
4563*67e74705SXin Li    * by code completion.
4564*67e74705SXin Li    */
4565*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
4566*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4567*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
4568*67e74705SXin Li    * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
4569*67e74705SXin Li    *
4570*67e74705SXin Li    * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
4571*67e74705SXin Li    * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
4572*67e74705SXin Li    * code-completion point. For example, given a function
4573*67e74705SXin Li    *
4574*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
4575*67e74705SXin Li    * int add(int x, int y);
4576*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
4577*67e74705SXin Li    *
4578*67e74705SXin Li    * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
4579*67e74705SXin Li    * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
4580*67e74705SXin Li    * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
4581*67e74705SXin Li    * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
4582*67e74705SXin Li    * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
4583*67e74705SXin Li    * "current paremeter" chunk to "int y".
4584*67e74705SXin Li    */
4585*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
4586*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4587*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
4588*67e74705SXin Li    * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
4589*67e74705SXin Li    */
4590*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
4591*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4592*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
4593*67e74705SXin Li    * signal the end of a function parameter list.
4594*67e74705SXin Li    */
4595*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
4596*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4597*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A left bracket ('[').
4598*67e74705SXin Li    */
4599*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
4600*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4601*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A right bracket (']').
4602*67e74705SXin Li    */
4603*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
4604*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4605*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A left brace ('{').
4606*67e74705SXin Li    */
4607*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
4608*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4609*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A right brace ('}').
4610*67e74705SXin Li    */
4611*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
4612*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4613*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A left angle bracket ('<').
4614*67e74705SXin Li    */
4615*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
4616*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4617*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A right angle bracket ('>').
4618*67e74705SXin Li    */
4619*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
4620*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4621*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A comma separator (',').
4622*67e74705SXin Li    */
4623*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
4624*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4625*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
4626*67e74705SXin Li    *
4627*67e74705SXin Li    * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
4628*67e74705SXin Li    * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
4629*67e74705SXin Li    * expression using the given completion string would have.
4630*67e74705SXin Li    */
4631*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
4632*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4633*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A colon (':').
4634*67e74705SXin Li    */
4635*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
4636*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4637*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief A semicolon (';').
4638*67e74705SXin Li    */
4639*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
4640*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4641*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An '=' sign.
4642*67e74705SXin Li    */
4643*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
4644*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4645*67e74705SXin Li    * Horizontal space (' ').
4646*67e74705SXin Li    */
4647*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
4648*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4649*67e74705SXin Li    * Vertical space ('\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
4650*67e74705SXin Li    * perform indentation.
4651*67e74705SXin Li    */
4652*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
4653*67e74705SXin Li };
4654*67e74705SXin Li 
4655*67e74705SXin Li /**
4656*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
4657*67e74705SXin Li  *
4658*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4659*67e74705SXin Li  *
4660*67e74705SXin Li  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4661*67e74705SXin Li  *
4662*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
4663*67e74705SXin Li  */
4664*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
4665*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4666*67e74705SXin Li                              unsigned chunk_number);
4667*67e74705SXin Li 
4668*67e74705SXin Li /**
4669*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
4670*67e74705SXin Li  * completion string.
4671*67e74705SXin Li  *
4672*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4673*67e74705SXin Li  *
4674*67e74705SXin Li  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4675*67e74705SXin Li  *
4676*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
4677*67e74705SXin Li  */
4678*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4679*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4680*67e74705SXin Li                              unsigned chunk_number);
4681*67e74705SXin Li 
4682*67e74705SXin Li /**
4683*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
4684*67e74705SXin Li  * within a completion string.
4685*67e74705SXin Li  *
4686*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4687*67e74705SXin Li  *
4688*67e74705SXin Li  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4689*67e74705SXin Li  *
4690*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
4691*67e74705SXin Li  * \c chunk_number.
4692*67e74705SXin Li  */
4693*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
4694*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4695*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned chunk_number);
4696*67e74705SXin Li 
4697*67e74705SXin Li /**
4698*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
4699*67e74705SXin Li  */
4700*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4701*67e74705SXin Li clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4702*67e74705SXin Li 
4703*67e74705SXin Li /**
4704*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the priority of this code completion.
4705*67e74705SXin Li  *
4706*67e74705SXin Li  * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
4707*67e74705SXin Li  * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
4708*67e74705SXin Li  * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
4709*67e74705SXin Li  *
4710*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4711*67e74705SXin Li  *
4712*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
4713*67e74705SXin Li  * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
4714*67e74705SXin Li  */
4715*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4716*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4717*67e74705SXin Li 
4718*67e74705SXin Li /**
4719*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
4720*67e74705SXin Li  * string refers to.
4721*67e74705SXin Li  *
4722*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4723*67e74705SXin Li  *
4724*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The availability of the completion string.
4725*67e74705SXin Li  */
4726*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
4727*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4728*67e74705SXin Li 
4729*67e74705SXin Li /**
4730*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
4731*67e74705SXin Li  * completion string.
4732*67e74705SXin Li  *
4733*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4734*67e74705SXin Li  *
4735*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
4736*67e74705SXin Li  * string.
4737*67e74705SXin Li  */
4738*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4739*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4740*67e74705SXin Li 
4741*67e74705SXin Li /**
4742*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
4743*67e74705SXin Li  *
4744*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4745*67e74705SXin Li  *
4746*67e74705SXin Li  * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
4747*67e74705SXin Li  * completion string.
4748*67e74705SXin Li  *
4749*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
4750*67e74705SXin Li  * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
4751*67e74705SXin Li  */
4752*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4753*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4754*67e74705SXin Li                               unsigned annotation_number);
4755*67e74705SXin Li 
4756*67e74705SXin Li /**
4757*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
4758*67e74705SXin Li  *
4759*67e74705SXin Li  * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
4760*67e74705SXin Li  * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
4761*67e74705SXin Li  * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
4762*67e74705SXin Li  * or protocol as its context.
4763*67e74705SXin Li  *
4764*67e74705SXin Li  * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
4765*67e74705SXin Li  * being queried.
4766*67e74705SXin Li  *
4767*67e74705SXin Li  * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
4768*67e74705SXin Li  *
4769*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
4770*67e74705SXin Li  * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
4771*67e74705SXin Li  */
4772*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4773*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4774*67e74705SXin Li                           enum CXCursorKind *kind);
4775*67e74705SXin Li 
4776*67e74705SXin Li /**
4777*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
4778*67e74705SXin Li  * that corresponds to the given completion string.
4779*67e74705SXin Li  */
4780*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4781*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4782*67e74705SXin Li 
4783*67e74705SXin Li /**
4784*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
4785*67e74705SXin Li  * definition cursor.
4786*67e74705SXin Li  *
4787*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
4788*67e74705SXin Li  *
4789*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
4790*67e74705SXin Li  * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
4791*67e74705SXin Li  */
4792*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
4793*67e74705SXin Li clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
4794*67e74705SXin Li 
4795*67e74705SXin Li /**
4796*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Contains the results of code-completion.
4797*67e74705SXin Li  *
4798*67e74705SXin Li  * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
4799*67e74705SXin Li  * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
4800*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
4801*67e74705SXin Li  */
4802*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
4803*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4804*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The code-completion results.
4805*67e74705SXin Li    */
4806*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionResult *Results;
4807*67e74705SXin Li 
4808*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4809*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The number of code-completion results stored in the
4810*67e74705SXin Li    * \c Results array.
4811*67e74705SXin Li    */
4812*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned NumResults;
4813*67e74705SXin Li } CXCodeCompleteResults;
4814*67e74705SXin Li 
4815*67e74705SXin Li /**
4816*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
4817*67e74705SXin Li  * modify its behavior.
4818*67e74705SXin Li  *
4819*67e74705SXin Li  * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
4820*67e74705SXin Li  * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
4821*67e74705SXin Li  */
4822*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
4823*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4824*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Whether to include macros within the set of code
4825*67e74705SXin Li    * completions returned.
4826*67e74705SXin Li    */
4827*67e74705SXin Li   CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
4828*67e74705SXin Li 
4829*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4830*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
4831*67e74705SXin Li    * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
4832*67e74705SXin Li    */
4833*67e74705SXin Li   CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
4834*67e74705SXin Li 
4835*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4836*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
4837*67e74705SXin Li    * completions returned.
4838*67e74705SXin Li    */
4839*67e74705SXin Li   CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04
4840*67e74705SXin Li };
4841*67e74705SXin Li 
4842*67e74705SXin Li /**
4843*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
4844*67e74705SXin Li  *
4845*67e74705SXin Li  * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
4846*67e74705SXin Li  * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
4847*67e74705SXin Li  */
4848*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCompletionContext {
4849*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4850*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
4851*67e74705SXin Li    * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
4852*67e74705SXin Li    */
4853*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
4854*67e74705SXin Li 
4855*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4856*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
4857*67e74705SXin Li    */
4858*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
4859*67e74705SXin Li 
4860*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4861*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
4862*67e74705SXin Li    * should be included in the results.
4863*67e74705SXin Li    */
4864*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
4865*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4866*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
4867*67e74705SXin Li    * be included in the results.
4868*67e74705SXin Li    */
4869*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
4870*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4871*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
4872*67e74705SXin Li    * should be included in the results.
4873*67e74705SXin Li    */
4874*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
4875*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4876*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
4877*67e74705SXin Li    * included in the results.
4878*67e74705SXin Li    */
4879*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
4880*67e74705SXin Li 
4881*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4882*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
4883*67e74705SXin Li    * operator should be included in the results.
4884*67e74705SXin Li    */
4885*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
4886*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4887*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
4888*67e74705SXin Li    * operator should be included in the results.
4889*67e74705SXin Li    */
4890*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
4891*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4892*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
4893*67e74705SXin Li    * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
4894*67e74705SXin Li    */
4895*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
4896*67e74705SXin Li 
4897*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4898*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
4899*67e74705SXin Li    */
4900*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
4901*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4902*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
4903*67e74705SXin Li    */
4904*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
4905*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4906*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
4907*67e74705SXin Li    */
4908*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
4909*67e74705SXin Li 
4910*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4911*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
4912*67e74705SXin Li    */
4913*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
4914*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4915*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
4916*67e74705SXin Li    * included in the results.
4917*67e74705SXin Li    */
4918*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
4919*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4920*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
4921*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4922*67e74705SXin Li    */
4923*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
4924*67e74705SXin Li 
4925*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4926*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
4927*67e74705SXin Li    * in the results.
4928*67e74705SXin Li    */
4929*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
4930*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4931*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
4932*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4933*67e74705SXin Li    */
4934*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
4935*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4936*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
4937*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4938*67e74705SXin Li    */
4939*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
4940*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4941*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
4942*67e74705SXin Li    * in the results.
4943*67e74705SXin Li    */
4944*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
4945*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4946*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
4947*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4948*67e74705SXin Li    */
4949*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
4950*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4951*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
4952*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4953*67e74705SXin Li    */
4954*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
4955*67e74705SXin Li 
4956*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4957*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
4958*67e74705SXin Li    * the results.
4959*67e74705SXin Li    */
4960*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
4961*67e74705SXin Li 
4962*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4963*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Natural language completions should be included in the results.
4964*67e74705SXin Li    */
4965*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
4966*67e74705SXin Li 
4967*67e74705SXin Li   /**
4968*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
4969*67e74705SXin Li    */
4970*67e74705SXin Li   CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 22) - 1)
4971*67e74705SXin Li };
4972*67e74705SXin Li 
4973*67e74705SXin Li /**
4974*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
4975*67e74705SXin Li  * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
4976*67e74705SXin Li  */
4977*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
4978*67e74705SXin Li 
4979*67e74705SXin Li /**
4980*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
4981*67e74705SXin Li  *
4982*67e74705SXin Li  * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
4983*67e74705SXin Li  * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
4984*67e74705SXin Li  * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
4985*67e74705SXin Li  * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
4986*67e74705SXin Li  * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
4987*67e74705SXin Li  * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
4988*67e74705SXin Li  * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
4989*67e74705SXin Li  * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
4990*67e74705SXin Li  * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
4991*67e74705SXin Li  * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
4992*67e74705SXin Li  *
4993*67e74705SXin Li  * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
4994*67e74705SXin Li  * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
4995*67e74705SXin Li  * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
4996*67e74705SXin Li  * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
4997*67e74705SXin Li  * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is afer the ">",
4998*67e74705SXin Li  * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
4999*67e74705SXin Li  * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5000*67e74705SXin Li  * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5001*67e74705SXin Li  * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5002*67e74705SXin Li  * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5003*67e74705SXin Li  * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5004*67e74705SXin Li  * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5005*67e74705SXin Li  * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5006*67e74705SXin Li  * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5007*67e74705SXin Li  * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5008*67e74705SXin Li  * have a lower latency.
5009*67e74705SXin Li  *
5010*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5011*67e74705SXin Li  * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5012*67e74705SXin Li  * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5013*67e74705SXin Li  * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5014*67e74705SXin Li  * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5015*67e74705SXin Li  *
5016*67e74705SXin Li  * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5017*67e74705SXin Li  * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5018*67e74705SXin Li  * included in the translation unit.
5019*67e74705SXin Li  *
5020*67e74705SXin Li  * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5021*67e74705SXin Li  *
5022*67e74705SXin Li  * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5023*67e74705SXin Li  * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5024*67e74705SXin Li  * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5025*67e74705SXin Li  *
5026*67e74705SXin Li  * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
5027*67e74705SXin Li  * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5028*67e74705SXin Li  * contents of those files.  The contents and name of these files (as
5029*67e74705SXin Li  * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5030*67e74705SXin Li  * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5031*67e74705SXin Li  * this function returns.
5032*67e74705SXin Li  *
5033*67e74705SXin Li  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5034*67e74705SXin Li  * unsaved_files.
5035*67e74705SXin Li  *
5036*67e74705SXin Li  * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5037*67e74705SXin Li  * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
5038*67e74705SXin Li  * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
5039*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5040*67e74705SXin Li  * of code-completion options.
5041*67e74705SXin Li  *
5042*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5043*67e74705SXin Li  * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5044*67e74705SXin Li  * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5045*67e74705SXin Li  * completion fails, returns NULL.
5046*67e74705SXin Li  */
5047*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5048*67e74705SXin Li CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5049*67e74705SXin Li                                             const char *complete_filename,
5050*67e74705SXin Li                                             unsigned complete_line,
5051*67e74705SXin Li                                             unsigned complete_column,
5052*67e74705SXin Li                                             struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5053*67e74705SXin Li                                             unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5054*67e74705SXin Li                                             unsigned options);
5055*67e74705SXin Li 
5056*67e74705SXin Li /**
5057*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
5058*67e74705SXin Li  * order.
5059*67e74705SXin Li  *
5060*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5061*67e74705SXin Li  * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5062*67e74705SXin Li  */
5063*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5064*67e74705SXin Li void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
5065*67e74705SXin Li                                      unsigned NumResults);
5066*67e74705SXin Li 
5067*67e74705SXin Li /**
5068*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Free the given set of code-completion results.
5069*67e74705SXin Li  */
5070*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5071*67e74705SXin Li void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5072*67e74705SXin Li 
5073*67e74705SXin Li /**
5074*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
5075*67e74705SXin Li  * location where code completion was performed.
5076*67e74705SXin Li  */
5077*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5078*67e74705SXin Li unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5079*67e74705SXin Li 
5080*67e74705SXin Li /**
5081*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
5082*67e74705SXin Li  *
5083*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results the code completion results to query.
5084*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5085*67e74705SXin Li  *
5086*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5087*67e74705SXin Li  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5088*67e74705SXin Li  */
5089*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5090*67e74705SXin Li CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5091*67e74705SXin Li                                              unsigned Index);
5092*67e74705SXin Li 
5093*67e74705SXin Li /**
5094*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
5095*67e74705SXin Li  * the given code completion.
5096*67e74705SXin Li  *
5097*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5098*67e74705SXin Li  *
5099*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5100*67e74705SXin Li  * along with the given code completion results.
5101*67e74705SXin Li  */
5102*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5103*67e74705SXin Li unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
5104*67e74705SXin Li                                                 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5105*67e74705SXin Li 
5106*67e74705SXin Li /**
5107*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
5108*67e74705SXin Li  * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5109*67e74705SXin Li  * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5110*67e74705SXin Li  * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5111*67e74705SXin Li  * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5112*67e74705SXin Li  *
5113*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5114*67e74705SXin Li  *
5115*67e74705SXin Li  * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5116*67e74705SXin Li  * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5117*67e74705SXin Li  * information, this value will be true.
5118*67e74705SXin Li  *
5119*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5120*67e74705SXin Li  * container
5121*67e74705SXin Li  */
5122*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5123*67e74705SXin Li enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
5124*67e74705SXin Li                                                  CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5125*67e74705SXin Li                                                      unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5126*67e74705SXin Li 
5127*67e74705SXin Li /**
5128*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
5129*67e74705SXin Li  * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5130*67e74705SXin Li  * function will return the empty string.
5131*67e74705SXin Li  *
5132*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5133*67e74705SXin Li  *
5134*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the USR for the container
5135*67e74705SXin Li  */
5136*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5137*67e74705SXin Li CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5138*67e74705SXin Li 
5139*67e74705SXin Li /**
5140*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
5141*67e74705SXin Li  * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5142*67e74705SXin Li  * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5143*67e74705SXin Li  * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5144*67e74705SXin Li  *
5145*67e74705SXin Li  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5146*67e74705SXin Li  *
5147*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5148*67e74705SXin Li  * for an Objective-C message send.
5149*67e74705SXin Li  */
5150*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5151*67e74705SXin Li CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5152*67e74705SXin Li 
5153*67e74705SXin Li /**
5154*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
5155*67e74705SXin Li  */
5156*67e74705SXin Li 
5157*67e74705SXin Li /**
5158*67e74705SXin Li  * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5159*67e74705SXin Li  *
5160*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
5161*67e74705SXin Li  */
5162*67e74705SXin Li 
5163*67e74705SXin Li /**
5164*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
5165*67e74705SXin Li  *        intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5166*67e74705SXin Li  */
5167*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
5168*67e74705SXin Li 
5169*67e74705SXin Li /**
5170*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Enable/disable crash recovery.
5171*67e74705SXin Li  *
5172*67e74705SXin Li  * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled.  A non-zero
5173*67e74705SXin Li  *        value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
5174*67e74705SXin Li  */
5175*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
5176*67e74705SXin Li 
5177*67e74705SXin Li  /**
5178*67e74705SXin Li   * \brief Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
5179*67e74705SXin Li   *        (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5180*67e74705SXin Li   *
5181*67e74705SXin Li   * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
5182*67e74705SXin Li   * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
5183*67e74705SXin Li   * a translation unit.  The first argument is the file being included, and
5184*67e74705SXin Li   * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack.  The
5185*67e74705SXin Li   * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion.  For example,
5186*67e74705SXin Li   * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5187*67e74705SXin Li   */
5188*67e74705SXin Li typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5189*67e74705SXin Li                                    CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
5190*67e74705SXin Li                                    unsigned include_len,
5191*67e74705SXin Li                                    CXClientData client_data);
5192*67e74705SXin Li 
5193*67e74705SXin Li /**
5194*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
5195*67e74705SXin Li  *   The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
5196*67e74705SXin Li  *   file.  This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
5197*67e74705SXin Li  *   is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
5198*67e74705SXin Li  */
5199*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
5200*67e74705SXin Li                                         CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
5201*67e74705SXin Li                                         CXClientData client_data);
5202*67e74705SXin Li 
5203*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5204*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_Int = 1 ,
5205*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_Float = 2,
5206*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral = 3,
5207*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_StrLiteral = 4,
5208*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_CFStr = 5,
5209*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_Other = 6,
5210*67e74705SXin Li 
5211*67e74705SXin Li   CXEval_UnExposed = 0
5212*67e74705SXin Li 
5213*67e74705SXin Li } CXEvalResultKind ;
5214*67e74705SXin Li 
5215*67e74705SXin Li /**
5216*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Evaluation result of a cursor
5217*67e74705SXin Li  */
5218*67e74705SXin Li typedef void * CXEvalResult;
5219*67e74705SXin Li 
5220*67e74705SXin Li /**
5221*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
5222*67e74705SXin Li  * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
5223*67e74705SXin Li  * into its corresponding type.
5224*67e74705SXin Li  */
5225*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C);
5226*67e74705SXin Li 
5227*67e74705SXin Li /**
5228*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
5229*67e74705SXin Li  */
5230*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E);
5231*67e74705SXin Li 
5232*67e74705SXin Li /**
5233*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
5234*67e74705SXin Li  * kind is Int.
5235*67e74705SXin Li  */
5236*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E);
5237*67e74705SXin Li 
5238*67e74705SXin Li /**
5239*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the evaluation result as double if the
5240*67e74705SXin Li  * kind is double.
5241*67e74705SXin Li  */
5242*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E);
5243*67e74705SXin Li 
5244*67e74705SXin Li /**
5245*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
5246*67e74705SXin Li  * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
5247*67e74705SXin Li  * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
5248*67e74705SXin Li  * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
5249*67e74705SXin Li  */
5250*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const char* clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E);
5251*67e74705SXin Li 
5252*67e74705SXin Li /**
5253*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Disposes the created Eval memory.
5254*67e74705SXin Li  */
5255*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E);
5256*67e74705SXin Li /**
5257*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
5258*67e74705SXin Li  */
5259*67e74705SXin Li 
5260*67e74705SXin Li /** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
5261*67e74705SXin Li  *
5262*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
5263*67e74705SXin Li  */
5264*67e74705SXin Li 
5265*67e74705SXin Li /**
5266*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
5267*67e74705SXin Li  */
5268*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXRemapping;
5269*67e74705SXin Li 
5270*67e74705SXin Li /**
5271*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
5272*67e74705SXin Li  *
5273*67e74705SXin Li  * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
5274*67e74705SXin Li  *
5275*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5276*67e74705SXin Li  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5277*67e74705SXin Li  */
5278*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
5279*67e74705SXin Li 
5280*67e74705SXin Li /**
5281*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
5282*67e74705SXin Li  *
5283*67e74705SXin Li  * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
5284*67e74705SXin Li  *
5285*67e74705SXin Li  * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5286*67e74705SXin Li  *
5287*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5288*67e74705SXin Li  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5289*67e74705SXin Li  */
5290*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5291*67e74705SXin Li CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5292*67e74705SXin Li                                             unsigned numFiles);
5293*67e74705SXin Li 
5294*67e74705SXin Li /**
5295*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Determine the number of remappings.
5296*67e74705SXin Li  */
5297*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
5298*67e74705SXin Li 
5299*67e74705SXin Li /**
5300*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
5301*67e74705SXin Li  *
5302*67e74705SXin Li  * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
5303*67e74705SXin Li  *
5304*67e74705SXin Li  * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
5305*67e74705SXin Li  * is associated with.
5306*67e74705SXin Li  */
5307*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
5308*67e74705SXin Li                                      CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
5309*67e74705SXin Li 
5310*67e74705SXin Li /**
5311*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Dispose the remapping.
5312*67e74705SXin Li  */
5313*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
5314*67e74705SXin Li 
5315*67e74705SXin Li /**
5316*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
5317*67e74705SXin Li  */
5318*67e74705SXin Li 
5319*67e74705SXin Li /** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
5320*67e74705SXin Li  *
5321*67e74705SXin Li  * @{
5322*67e74705SXin Li  */
5323*67e74705SXin Li 
5324*67e74705SXin Li enum CXVisitorResult {
5325*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisit_Break,
5326*67e74705SXin Li   CXVisit_Continue
5327*67e74705SXin Li };
5328*67e74705SXin Li 
5329*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct CXCursorAndRangeVisitor {
5330*67e74705SXin Li   void *context;
5331*67e74705SXin Li   enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5332*67e74705SXin Li } CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
5333*67e74705SXin Li 
5334*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5335*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5336*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Function returned successfully.
5337*67e74705SXin Li    */
5338*67e74705SXin Li   CXResult_Success = 0,
5339*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5340*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
5341*67e74705SXin Li    */
5342*67e74705SXin Li   CXResult_Invalid = 1,
5343*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5344*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
5345*67e74705SXin Li    * CXVisit_Break)
5346*67e74705SXin Li    */
5347*67e74705SXin Li   CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
5348*67e74705SXin Li 
5349*67e74705SXin Li } CXResult;
5350*67e74705SXin Li 
5351*67e74705SXin Li /**
5352*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
5353*67e74705SXin Li  *
5354*67e74705SXin Li  * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
5355*67e74705SXin Li  *
5356*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file to search for references.
5357*67e74705SXin Li  *
5358*67e74705SXin Li  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5359*67e74705SXin Li  * each reference found.
5360*67e74705SXin Li  * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
5361*67e74705SXin Li  * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
5362*67e74705SXin Li  *
5363*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5364*67e74705SXin Li  */
5365*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
5366*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5367*67e74705SXin Li 
5368*67e74705SXin Li /**
5369*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
5370*67e74705SXin Li  *
5371*67e74705SXin Li  * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
5372*67e74705SXin Li  *
5373*67e74705SXin Li  * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
5374*67e74705SXin Li  *
5375*67e74705SXin Li  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5376*67e74705SXin Li  * each directive found.
5377*67e74705SXin Li  *
5378*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5379*67e74705SXin Li  */
5380*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5381*67e74705SXin Li                                                  CXFile file,
5382*67e74705SXin Li                                               CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5383*67e74705SXin Li 
5384*67e74705SXin Li #ifdef __has_feature
5385*67e74705SXin Li #  if __has_feature(blocks)
5386*67e74705SXin Li 
5387*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum CXVisitorResult
5388*67e74705SXin Li     (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5389*67e74705SXin Li 
5390*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5391*67e74705SXin Li CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
5392*67e74705SXin Li                                              CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5393*67e74705SXin Li 
5394*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5395*67e74705SXin Li CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
5396*67e74705SXin Li                                            CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5397*67e74705SXin Li 
5398*67e74705SXin Li #  endif
5399*67e74705SXin Li #endif
5400*67e74705SXin Li 
5401*67e74705SXin Li /**
5402*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
5403*67e74705SXin Li  */
5404*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
5405*67e74705SXin Li 
5406*67e74705SXin Li /**
5407*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
5408*67e74705SXin Li  */
5409*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
5410*67e74705SXin Li 
5411*67e74705SXin Li /**
5412*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
5413*67e74705SXin Li  * of entities.
5414*67e74705SXin Li  */
5415*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
5416*67e74705SXin Li 
5417*67e74705SXin Li /**
5418*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
5419*67e74705SXin Li  * or module).
5420*67e74705SXin Li  */
5421*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
5422*67e74705SXin Li 
5423*67e74705SXin Li /**
5424*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Source location passed to index callbacks.
5425*67e74705SXin Li  */
5426*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5427*67e74705SXin Li   void *ptr_data[2];
5428*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned int_data;
5429*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxLoc;
5430*67e74705SXin Li 
5431*67e74705SXin Li /**
5432*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
5433*67e74705SXin Li  */
5434*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5435*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5436*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
5437*67e74705SXin Li    */
5438*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
5439*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5440*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
5441*67e74705SXin Li    */
5442*67e74705SXin Li   const char *filename;
5443*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5444*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
5445*67e74705SXin Li    */
5446*67e74705SXin Li   CXFile file;
5447*67e74705SXin Li   int isImport;
5448*67e74705SXin Li   int isAngled;
5449*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5450*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
5451*67e74705SXin Li    * import.
5452*67e74705SXin Li    */
5453*67e74705SXin Li   int isModuleImport;
5454*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
5455*67e74705SXin Li 
5456*67e74705SXin Li /**
5457*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
5458*67e74705SXin Li  */
5459*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5460*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5461*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
5462*67e74705SXin Li    */
5463*67e74705SXin Li   CXFile file;
5464*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5465*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
5466*67e74705SXin Li    */
5467*67e74705SXin Li   CXModule module;
5468*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5469*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
5470*67e74705SXin Li    */
5471*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5472*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5473*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
5474*67e74705SXin Li    * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
5475*67e74705SXin Li    */
5476*67e74705SXin Li   int isImplicit;
5477*67e74705SXin Li 
5478*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
5479*67e74705SXin Li 
5480*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5481*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Unexposed     = 0,
5482*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Typedef       = 1,
5483*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Function      = 2,
5484*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Variable      = 3,
5485*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Field         = 4,
5486*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant  = 5,
5487*67e74705SXin Li 
5488*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass     = 6,
5489*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol  = 7,
5490*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory  = 8,
5491*67e74705SXin Li 
5492*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
5493*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod    = 10,
5494*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty  = 11,
5495*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar      = 12,
5496*67e74705SXin Li 
5497*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Enum          = 13,
5498*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Struct        = 14,
5499*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Union         = 15,
5500*67e74705SXin Li 
5501*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXClass              = 16,
5502*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace          = 17,
5503*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias     = 18,
5504*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable     = 19,
5505*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod       = 20,
5506*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod     = 21,
5507*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor        = 22,
5508*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor         = 23,
5509*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
5510*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias          = 25,
5511*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface          = 26
5512*67e74705SXin Li 
5513*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityKind;
5514*67e74705SXin Li 
5515*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5516*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
5517*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityLang_C    = 1,
5518*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
5519*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityLang_CXX  = 3
5520*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityLanguage;
5521*67e74705SXin Li 
5522*67e74705SXin Li /**
5523*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
5524*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_Function
5525*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
5526*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
5527*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
5528*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
5529*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
5530*67e74705SXin Li  * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
5531*67e74705SXin Li  */
5532*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5533*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate   = 0,
5534*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_Template      = 1,
5535*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
5536*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
5537*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
5538*67e74705SXin Li 
5539*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5540*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxAttr_Unexposed     = 0,
5541*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxAttr_IBAction      = 1,
5542*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet      = 2,
5543*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
5544*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxAttrKind;
5545*67e74705SXin Li 
5546*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5547*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxAttrKind kind;
5548*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5549*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5550*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxAttrInfo;
5551*67e74705SXin Li 
5552*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5553*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityKind kind;
5554*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
5555*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
5556*67e74705SXin Li   const char *name;
5557*67e74705SXin Li   const char *USR;
5558*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5559*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5560*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned numAttributes;
5561*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityInfo;
5562*67e74705SXin Li 
5563*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5564*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5565*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxContainerInfo;
5566*67e74705SXin Li 
5567*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5568*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
5569*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5570*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor classCursor;
5571*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5572*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
5573*67e74705SXin Li 
5574*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5575*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
5576*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
5577*67e74705SXin Li 
5578*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5579*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
5580*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5581*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5582*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
5583*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5584*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
5585*67e74705SXin Li    * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
5586*67e74705SXin Li    */
5587*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
5588*67e74705SXin Li   int isRedeclaration;
5589*67e74705SXin Li   int isDefinition;
5590*67e74705SXin Li   int isContainer;
5591*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
5592*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5593*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
5594*67e74705SXin Li    * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
5595*67e74705SXin Li    */
5596*67e74705SXin Li   int isImplicit;
5597*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5598*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned numAttributes;
5599*67e74705SXin Li 
5600*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned flags;
5601*67e74705SXin Li 
5602*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxDeclInfo;
5603*67e74705SXin Li 
5604*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5605*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
5606*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
5607*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
5608*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
5609*67e74705SXin Li 
5610*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5611*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5612*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
5613*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
5614*67e74705SXin Li 
5615*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5616*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
5617*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5618*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5619*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
5620*67e74705SXin Li 
5621*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5622*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
5623*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5624*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5625*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
5626*67e74705SXin Li 
5627*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5628*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
5629*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned numProtocols;
5630*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
5631*67e74705SXin Li 
5632*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5633*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5634*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
5635*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5636*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
5637*67e74705SXin Li 
5638*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5639*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5640*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5641*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor classCursor;
5642*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5643*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5644*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
5645*67e74705SXin Li 
5646*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5647*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5648*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
5649*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
5650*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
5651*67e74705SXin Li 
5652*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5653*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5654*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
5655*67e74705SXin Li   unsigned numBases;
5656*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
5657*67e74705SXin Li 
5658*67e74705SXin Li /**
5659*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5660*67e74705SXin Li  */
5661*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5662*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5663*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
5664*67e74705SXin Li    */
5665*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
5666*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5667*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
5668*67e74705SXin Li    * via the dot syntax.
5669*67e74705SXin Li    */
5670*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
5671*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityRefKind;
5672*67e74705SXin Li 
5673*67e74705SXin Li /**
5674*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5675*67e74705SXin Li  */
5676*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5677*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
5678*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5679*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Reference cursor.
5680*67e74705SXin Li    */
5681*67e74705SXin Li   CXCursor cursor;
5682*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxLoc loc;
5683*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5684*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief The entity that gets referenced.
5685*67e74705SXin Li    */
5686*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
5687*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5688*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
5689*67e74705SXin Li    *
5690*67e74705SXin Li    * \code
5691*67e74705SXin Li    * Foo *var;
5692*67e74705SXin Li    * \endcode
5693*67e74705SXin Li    *
5694*67e74705SXin Li    * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
5695*67e74705SXin Li    * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
5696*67e74705SXin Li    * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
5697*67e74705SXin Li    */
5698*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
5699*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5700*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Lexical container context of the reference.
5701*67e74705SXin Li    */
5702*67e74705SXin Li   const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
5703*67e74705SXin Li } CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
5704*67e74705SXin Li 
5705*67e74705SXin Li /**
5706*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
5707*67e74705SXin Li  * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
5708*67e74705SXin Li  */
5709*67e74705SXin Li typedef struct {
5710*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5711*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
5712*67e74705SXin Li    * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
5713*67e74705SXin Li    */
5714*67e74705SXin Li   int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
5715*67e74705SXin Li 
5716*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5717*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
5718*67e74705SXin Li    */
5719*67e74705SXin Li   void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
5720*67e74705SXin Li                      CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
5721*67e74705SXin Li 
5722*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5723*67e74705SXin Li                                      CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
5724*67e74705SXin Li 
5725*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5726*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
5727*67e74705SXin Li    */
5728*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5729*67e74705SXin Li                                     const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
5730*67e74705SXin Li 
5731*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5732*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
5733*67e74705SXin Li    *
5734*67e74705SXin Li    * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
5735*67e74705SXin Li    * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
5736*67e74705SXin Li    * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
5737*67e74705SXin Li    * the AST file.
5738*67e74705SXin Li    */
5739*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5740*67e74705SXin Li                                         const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
5741*67e74705SXin Li 
5742*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5743*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
5744*67e74705SXin Li    */
5745*67e74705SXin Li   CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
5746*67e74705SXin Li                                                  void *reserved);
5747*67e74705SXin Li 
5748*67e74705SXin Li   void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
5749*67e74705SXin Li                            const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5750*67e74705SXin Li 
5751*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5752*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Called to index a reference of an entity.
5753*67e74705SXin Li    */
5754*67e74705SXin Li   void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
5755*67e74705SXin Li                                const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
5756*67e74705SXin Li 
5757*67e74705SXin Li } IndexerCallbacks;
5758*67e74705SXin Li 
5759*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
5760*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
5761*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5762*67e74705SXin Li 
5763*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
5764*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5765*67e74705SXin Li 
5766*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5767*67e74705SXin Li const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
5768*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5769*67e74705SXin Li 
5770*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
5771*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5772*67e74705SXin Li 
5773*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
5774*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5775*67e74705SXin Li 
5776*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
5777*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
5778*67e74705SXin Li 
5779*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
5780*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5781*67e74705SXin Li 
5782*67e74705SXin Li /**
5783*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
5784*67e74705SXin Li  * container.
5785*67e74705SXin Li  */
5786*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
5787*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
5788*67e74705SXin Li 
5789*67e74705SXin Li /**
5790*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
5791*67e74705SXin Li  * container.
5792*67e74705SXin Li  */
5793*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void
5794*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
5795*67e74705SXin Li 
5796*67e74705SXin Li /**
5797*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
5798*67e74705SXin Li  */
5799*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
5800*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
5801*67e74705SXin Li 
5802*67e74705SXin Li /**
5803*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
5804*67e74705SXin Li  */
5805*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void
5806*67e74705SXin Li clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
5807*67e74705SXin Li 
5808*67e74705SXin Li /**
5809*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
5810*67e74705SXin Li  * translation units.
5811*67e74705SXin Li  */
5812*67e74705SXin Li typedef void *CXIndexAction;
5813*67e74705SXin Li 
5814*67e74705SXin Li /**
5815*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
5816*67e74705SXin Li  * translation units.
5817*67e74705SXin Li  *
5818*67e74705SXin Li  * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
5819*67e74705SXin Li  */
5820*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
5821*67e74705SXin Li 
5822*67e74705SXin Li /**
5823*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Destroy the given index action.
5824*67e74705SXin Li  *
5825*67e74705SXin Li  * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
5826*67e74705SXin Li  * created within that index action have been destroyed.
5827*67e74705SXin Li  */
5828*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
5829*67e74705SXin Li 
5830*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum {
5831*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5832*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
5833*67e74705SXin Li    */
5834*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
5835*67e74705SXin Li 
5836*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5837*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
5838*67e74705SXin Li    * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
5839*67e74705SXin Li    * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
5840*67e74705SXin Li    */
5841*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
5842*67e74705SXin Li 
5843*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5844*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
5845*67e74705SXin Li    * function-local symbols will be ignored.
5846*67e74705SXin Li    */
5847*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
5848*67e74705SXin Li 
5849*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5850*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
5851*67e74705SXin Li    * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
5852*67e74705SXin Li    */
5853*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
5854*67e74705SXin Li 
5855*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5856*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
5857*67e74705SXin Li    */
5858*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
5859*67e74705SXin Li 
5860*67e74705SXin Li   /**
5861*67e74705SXin Li    * \brief Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
5862*67e74705SXin Li    * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
5863*67e74705SXin Li    * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
5864*67e74705SXin Li    */
5865*67e74705SXin Li   CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
5866*67e74705SXin Li 
5867*67e74705SXin Li } CXIndexOptFlags;
5868*67e74705SXin Li 
5869*67e74705SXin Li /**
5870*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
5871*67e74705SXin Li  * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
5872*67e74705SXin Li  *
5873*67e74705SXin Li  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
5874*67e74705SXin Li  * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
5875*67e74705SXin Li  *
5876*67e74705SXin Li  * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
5877*67e74705SXin Li  * implements.
5878*67e74705SXin Li  *
5879*67e74705SXin Li  * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
5880*67e74705SXin Li  * passed in index_callbacks.
5881*67e74705SXin Li  *
5882*67e74705SXin Li  * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
5883*67e74705SXin Li  * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
5884*67e74705SXin Li  *
5885*67e74705SXin Li  * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
5886*67e74705SXin Li  * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
5887*67e74705SXin Li  *
5888*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
5889*67e74705SXin Li  * recover.  If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
5890*67e74705SXin Li  * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
5891*67e74705SXin Li  *
5892*67e74705SXin Li  * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
5893*67e74705SXin Li  */
5894*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
5895*67e74705SXin Li                                          CXClientData client_data,
5896*67e74705SXin Li                                          IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
5897*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned index_callbacks_size,
5898*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned index_options,
5899*67e74705SXin Li                                          const char *source_filename,
5900*67e74705SXin Li                                          const char * const *command_line_args,
5901*67e74705SXin Li                                          int num_command_line_args,
5902*67e74705SXin Li                                          struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5903*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5904*67e74705SXin Li                                          CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
5905*67e74705SXin Li                                          unsigned TU_options);
5906*67e74705SXin Li 
5907*67e74705SXin Li /**
5908*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
5909*67e74705SXin Li  * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
5910*67e74705SXin Li  * library paths are relative to the binary.
5911*67e74705SXin Li  */
5912*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(
5913*67e74705SXin Li     CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
5914*67e74705SXin Li     unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
5915*67e74705SXin Li     const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
5916*67e74705SXin Li     int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5917*67e74705SXin Li     unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
5918*67e74705SXin Li 
5919*67e74705SXin Li /**
5920*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
5921*67e74705SXin Li  * #IndexerCallbacks.
5922*67e74705SXin Li  *
5923*67e74705SXin Li  * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
5924*67e74705SXin Li  * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
5925*67e74705SXin Li  *
5926*67e74705SXin Li  *   -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
5927*67e74705SXin Li  *   -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
5928*67e74705SXin Li  *   -Diagnostic callback invocations
5929*67e74705SXin Li  *
5930*67e74705SXin Li  * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
5931*67e74705SXin Li  *
5932*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
5933*67e74705SXin Li  * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
5934*67e74705SXin Li  */
5935*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
5936*67e74705SXin Li                                               CXClientData client_data,
5937*67e74705SXin Li                                               IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
5938*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned index_callbacks_size,
5939*67e74705SXin Li                                               unsigned index_options,
5940*67e74705SXin Li                                               CXTranslationUnit);
5941*67e74705SXin Li 
5942*67e74705SXin Li /**
5943*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
5944*67e74705SXin Li  * the given CXIdxLoc.
5945*67e74705SXin Li  *
5946*67e74705SXin Li  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
5947*67e74705SXin Li  * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
5948*67e74705SXin Li  * retrieves the location of the argument.
5949*67e74705SXin Li  */
5950*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
5951*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
5952*67e74705SXin Li                                                    CXFile *file,
5953*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *line,
5954*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *column,
5955*67e74705SXin Li                                                    unsigned *offset);
5956*67e74705SXin Li 
5957*67e74705SXin Li /**
5958*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
5959*67e74705SXin Li  */
5960*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE
5961*67e74705SXin Li CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
5962*67e74705SXin Li 
5963*67e74705SXin Li /**
5964*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
5965*67e74705SXin Li  *
5966*67e74705SXin Li  * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
5967*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
5968*67e74705SXin Li  * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
5969*67e74705SXin Li  * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
5970*67e74705SXin Li  *
5971*67e74705SXin Li  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
5972*67e74705SXin Li  * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
5973*67e74705SXin Li  */
5974*67e74705SXin Li typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
5975*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXClientData client_data);
5976*67e74705SXin Li 
5977*67e74705SXin Li /**
5978*67e74705SXin Li  * \brief Visit the fields of a particular type.
5979*67e74705SXin Li  *
5980*67e74705SXin Li  * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
5981*67e74705SXin Li  * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
5982*67e74705SXin Li  * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
5983*67e74705SXin Li  * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
5984*67e74705SXin Li  *
5985*67e74705SXin Li  * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
5986*67e74705SXin Li  *
5987*67e74705SXin Li  * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
5988*67e74705SXin Li  * field of \p T.
5989*67e74705SXin Li  *
5990*67e74705SXin Li  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
5991*67e74705SXin Li  * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
5992*67e74705SXin Li  *
5993*67e74705SXin Li  * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
5994*67e74705SXin Li  * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
5995*67e74705SXin Li  */
5996*67e74705SXin Li CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T,
5997*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXFieldVisitor visitor,
5998*67e74705SXin Li                                                CXClientData client_data);
5999*67e74705SXin Li 
6000*67e74705SXin Li /**
6001*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
6002*67e74705SXin Li  */
6003*67e74705SXin Li 
6004*67e74705SXin Li /**
6005*67e74705SXin Li  * @}
6006*67e74705SXin Li  */
6007*67e74705SXin Li 
6008*67e74705SXin Li #ifdef __cplusplus
6009*67e74705SXin Li }
6010*67e74705SXin Li #endif
6011*67e74705SXin Li #endif
6012